the book of life and lifes purpose

The Book of Life and Its Purpose

A Synthesis of Science

and Spirit

by Jack Sanders

February 6, 2015

Dedicated

To Professor Frederick “Rick” Chapman of Harvard who was fortunate enough to be avisiting Fulbright Scholar in India to teach for one year in 1967. Rick is an old friend,mostly unbeknownst to him, and whom acted as my “muse,” thus, freeing me to writethis paper of hope and purpose, as instructed, and long anticipated by me. Rick and Ishare a profound interest in the Advent, Ministry and Manifestation of Avatar MeherBaba, Rick having been with Baba not long before Baba dropped his vehicle.

Mr. Chapman is a fine scholar dedicated to his art and will most certainly be faced withthe prospect of some aspect of keeping the Key safe in life times to come. I am fond ofRick due to his kindnesses directed towards me, an eccentric old fool. I normally donot dedicate any of my writings to anyone as it is quite easy to give others falseimpressions or suggestions which is unfortunate but common, especially one asirreverent as my self, and I am That. Mr. Chapman will be surprised by what I meanare lives.

I have a good deal of respect for Rick as I do for other Baba lovers and Disciples overthe years, beginning for me in early 1967, a couple, and Hippies being my real Muse,Sonny and Marilyn their names, who informed me Master was here, having but glancedat his picture the showed me earnestly and my immediately agreeing.

History will demonstrate a profound appreciation for the scholarly work of RickChapman during the last years of the Advent Ministry and early years of theManifestation of Lord Baba and his continuing efforts.

One must realize and acknowledge that Rick’s work and other closely related scholarly

efforts of Master’s mandali and lovers has given a rare gift to the whole of Humanity byproviding an accurate historical and personal accounting of the life and times of theAvatar. These efforts being the first time in the history of the World such a record wasever kept in some 84 million years of our evolutions.

of 180

I certainly required and appreciated Rick’s input, quips and shared experiences to allowme to write this short book, really, much more focused on the actual processes ofillusory reality than the Reality that Rick and I both understand as the actual presenceof God in human form upon the earth; Rick having been with Baba and receiving hisDarshan and Love, in person. There being nothing ever lost on Master.

Table of Contents 2

Title Page 1

Dedication 1

Preface 3-23

Brief Introduction 23-25

Spirit 26-33

The Problem of Knowledge 34-49

What the Significance of the Infinitesimal Means 49-52

Universe from out of the Infinitesimal 52-75

Infinitesimal, Atom, Universe 75-83

What is Humankind’s Role in the Life of the Universe-

and how do We Achieve our Goals 84-96

WAR 96-100

How does Humanity Thrive and Flourish in the 21st Century 101-109

Intelligence, Consciousness and Universe 109 -114

The Goal of Sustaining Societal Epiphany 114-128

PREAMBLE - Public University for the Synthesis of Knowledge 128

A Humble Confession 129

http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Meher_Baba

Appendixes Follow 132

Blank

Quotes - (108) Quotes and Statements - by and about Meher Baba 134-152

Wikiquote - http://en.wikiquote.org/Meher_Baba 152-171

Chart I - Path of the Evolution, credit Meher Baba - Infinite Intelligence 176

Chart II - Triple Tetrahedral Triangle (light) - Mirrored unlimited finite image of

Tetragrammaton of Light from NAD/OM as the infinitesimal, Universe: everything is

separate and/or opposite but the same (one); ad infinitum squared with attacheddrawing in PDF separate from this paper 176-177

of 180

http://en.wikiquote.org/Meher_Baba

Preface

I do not know much, but what I do know with absolute certainty and clarity, is if humanbeings are inspired by the possibility of improving their lot in life and supporting suchefforts for others, these normal human beings all wish to become involved andparticipate in the actual process which yields safety and purpose and its meaning totheir lives and others. This is the essence of the existential question of the why we allbehave as we do.

This innate sense of wishing, yes needing, to belong to something greater than ourselves are demonstrated daily by those who choose to become members of themilitary, or to elect the hard road of higher education and continue their educationseeking a better life of shared experience, or determine they must come to the aide ofthe less fortunate and give their life over to service in medicine or food aid programs ordisaster work as they feel some basic humanity in service to those in need.

Does “it take(s) a whole village to raise a child?” It is not my intent to promote HillaryRodham Clinton and her 1996 book, It Takes a Village: And Other LessonsChildren Teach Us, other than to say the concept is perfectly correct, now and always.

The problem is where did the village go or where may it be found? There have alwaysbeen solutions to the sustainment of community beyond a childhood. The ex-surgencies of survival and a whole society on wheels with endless entertainmentpossibilities has driven the need and knowledge to sustain community, far underground.

Ex-surgency, meaning, the attacks from without community which have muddled theprocess beyond recognition. In service the anachronism is the term FUBAR which I willnot translate exactly but meaning, screwed up beyond all possible recognition.

There is the matter of charity which Americans are better at giving than is easilyimagined or appreciated by the world. However, do we give selflessly or do we give asa substitute for actual service to merely appease our consciences?

Is philanthropy a gift to society or is it a tax incentive? We all must examine our truemotives and avoid hypocracy by accepting personal responsibility for what we do andwhat we say we believe and may not actually believe. Hypocracy becomes a cloud ofself seeking impressions when heart does not follow the minds excuses.

Currently, music and poetry throughout the world, do much to provide positive solace toall of us and all in great need of the light of sanity and truth removed from war and strife

of 180

which the People are most tired of receiving from the hands of indifference and thegreed, intolerance and exploitation such indifference of others needs, produces, locallyand universally.

Music is a very positive force because it is viewed as relatively benign. Funk music hashad a huge impact on all forms of music including Jazz and American classical. Funkderived from the Rhythm and Blues music from the Creole Indians of New Orleans. Iam not aware of one single terrorist going after a rock concert anywhere. Why is that?

Lead Belly (Huddie William Ledbetter) lyrics: un tom bay, to way pok away, alla ci i oh,alai ca i ay, of these Creole Indians of New Orleans which the Father of Rock and Roll,Chuck Berry, picked right up on with the first riffs of Rock in Roll. All such genesisdriving from Scottish and Irish traditions (American folk music traditions) and manyothers coming to the new world.

I know no one that is not influenced by American Music, and I am unaware of any formof music that has not influenced American music. At times, music and its poetry haschanged the World. We can hope it helps deliver us from our own ignorance. TheBritish government is now sponsoring its musicians for increased tax revenues.

Humans are sophisticated sound sensing spirit beings, focused on the light that is theessence of all sounds. Feeling good is certainly important. How can this great deviceof music be used to motivate humankind to renounce warfare and work for peace? It isfailed thus far to sustain such a movement.

The Word first uttered is the locus of all sounds, while it is the deepest Silence fromwhich this Word emerged. This is the One in the many, and all seek this deepconnection with the Word in music and poetry. The Word may be heard even now asNAD or the very high pitched hiss one may hear in deep silence and above the OMsound of the creation and use in many chants.

I am somewhat heartened by the amazing amount of writing that goes on, on line insocial media and sites that publish all kinds of works, scientific and philosophical andreligious and my cat just had a litter on Facebook, see, or what ever.

We worship our stars far more than we ever did the actual gods of old for we feared thegods and they liked it, having no heart in their souls while loving power, supposedly inthe service of Humankind as their Father directed. No wonder we didn’t like the “gods,”but we sure like to emulate their behaviors of vanity and greed for the acquisition of thepersonal power of control over the affairs and lives of others. Not this kid, I assure you.

Acting is a wonderful and needed expression of talent. Acting is not a vicarious

of 180

substitute for authentic living in a four dimensional world. Two dimensional surfaces donot lend themselves to real experiences.

Writing uses this dimension to express something of the world whether fantastical orreal world oriented. Some of us play music and sing poetry and some feel a need toexpress themselves through acting out parts or lives other than our own. I write toconvey all things sensed for the benefit of humanity and even entertainment, as satire,John Stewart being the master of satire in this age.

There are many challenges to the reestablishment of a sense of shared community,locally and around the whole planet, population growth and climate change and WARbeing the greatest impediments to stability and growth. I will have much to say of Warand climate change occurs quite slowly despite those who would stampede us all intopanic.

The current governor of Wisconsin has issued an order to his staff, not to use thephrase, climate change. Well, like a large number of ignorant White men this rhetoric isjust more lies from the mouths of liars which demonstrates their espoused ignorance ofthe facts, once again.

If anyone wishes consul on the complex subject of climate change and what it means, Iwould suggest looking up Bjorn Lomborg. A good article of his, “The Alarming ThingAbout Climate Alarmism,” may be found here:

http://www.wsj.com/articles/bjorn-lomborg-the-alarming-thing-about-climate-alarmism-1422832462

There is a deep well of good will that exists in the hearts of human beings. There is anavalanche of creativity expressed and waiting to be expressed. People are normallyoptimistic and wish to share their good will with others and be accepted. Acceptance isthe key word and really motivates people to participate in many organized activities.

What is missing in the World is any real and universal way or method to focus all thisinnate sense of humanitarian empathy and desire for meaning and purpose and theexpression of all these talents while retaining a personal sense of safety both economicand social. There is no Public University for the Synthesis of Knowledge.

Many, many people throw themselves on the pyre of sacrifice all the time in service tocauses greater than themselves. Millions of people keep God in their thoughts byloving their god, and/or whomever and whatever represents their highest beliefs.

This demonstrates an inner knowledge of what a life of service, significance is, and the

of 180

pull of compassion for others that sustains these personal beliefs to serve otherswithout a sense of personal gain and accolades whether playing music or working as anEbola aid or doctor or attending endless dogmatic sermons in the bhakti of our Lord.

Every single individual seeks to feel a sense of community and shared purpose in suchwork and worship with others in fellowship, who also exemplify the same ideals inaction across the spectrum of such services including education and the study ofknowledge as university, the ideal all must share to advance real community.

What most of us soon discover is that the world is a hard mistress and does not provideenough opportunities to participate and believe they are able to put their full supportbehind and in a shared purpose, and then seek survival in the best way they are able tofind.

The terrorists and Plutocrats of the world create and then prey upon conditions ofhopelessness so they may come ridding in on their Hell horses to the “rescue,” like theApocalypse.

Most everyone loses this special sense of humanity shared and give up locating theshared meaning and purpose nearly all shared, surviving in and from ancient times, incommunity as hunter gatherers.

Imagine the first time a hairy little creature discovered how to make fire and what thismeant to that social animal’s community. This new human being was likely the mostfirst Avataric advent and manifestation.

A manifestation which even now is resounding down through the ages of Humankind. This was the most first meaningful shared purposeful focus we have thus farexperienced as humans, some 84 millions of years ago. Putting a person on the Moonwas a close second. What if we all knew that God in human form was among us now?

Would that knowledge change anything at all? Think about it.

Priesthoods and politicians began their selfish work from the beginning seeking theirsafety and meaning by deceiving others into believing they had the way and thepurpose that bring meaning to the individual and off we went to what we have.

To be fair there really are many people who actually are quite competent andknowledgeable. There are many geniuses we do not even know are alive and well,working in the world for others and themselves.

There is a relatively small group of normal human beings who are living all the time thatare involving their consciousness to locate who they are in a spiritual sense. An

of 180

amazingly small number of these beings work to directly influence the course andevolution of Humankind and protect humans from humans.

We, now, are a race of “enslaved” beings due to the very erroneous beliefs theseamalgamations of sects, cults and creeds have prescribed due to the misinterpretationof the Avatars that followed the advent of the first Self Realized evolutionary being bythe man-made creation of false religions both secular and theological.

Humans suffer with the problem of lasting memory and the lessons that may begleaned from past remembrances usually forgotten. Short life spans and lack ofcommunity in a universal university community is the direct cause.

The community around the University of Stonehenge in Wales for Stone Age peopleskept community together long ago until the ice melted and the path to the continent wasbroken by the sea.

Meher Baba told us there where three Gardens of Eden and are now submerged. Healso told us where the making of fire (the first human) occurred which was in India andis also under water.

There are likely more positive signs of shared community in the world than there areforces that seek too undue our humanity, but we remain without a concerted method ofusing this immense reservoir of superb talent and service to others nearly every childbegins life with an abundance, hope.

Education and its rewards encourage courage to express its affect in the individual toseek humanitarian service as does the love of God.

The only thing that truly dismays me and questions the viability of my notions is therude egocentric attitude of some in younger generations and/or older generationswhere individuals, out of hand, rejects, rather than question, various epistemologicalideas of science and philosophy.

They act or behave as if they know the answers and no one else does, but they can’tquite produce any satisfying results or thoughts or facts to explain why they haveadopted this form of intellectual superiority and elitism.

We could ask the terrorists among us why they believe themselves to be superior andthe Plutocrats that created the terrorists the same questions about their elitism andother-centered need to control everything and everyone.

The terrorists actually have an ancient dogma of esoteric significance that is their guide

of 180

for the destruction of all that isn’t Islam. More on Islam is ahead.

I was looking through an internet blog on quantum mechanics recently where the authorreferred to the Higgs boson being phony science with no explanation other than I knowbut all of you who read my commentaries are too stupid for me to explain to yourinferior minds what it is I profess to know.

He didn’t actually say this but it was implied and this is not the first time I have runacross this ignorance, manifesting.

In my Universe this is just more ignorant ranting and actually hides the truth of their ownsense of inferiority and makes them appear immature and stupid, frankly. Elitism is nota good or healthy position to adopt.

You will certainly see no spiritually advanced soul that is Realized with this attitude, forthey see their true Self in everything all the time. However, these folks are fond ofcalling out ignorance when the see it.

I need to say a few words about community again as community and a sense ofcommunity is what has always prevailed among humans when they wish to getsomething done or to accomplish really huge projects to growing vegetables incommunity plots.

I was watching Al Jazeera America to a very elegant brown women from Kenya,England and America who is a doctor of medicine or something. She was decrying orbemoaning and yes whining about the fact she does not feel at home even in her nativecountry and about how screwed up it is that the police shot people dead or choke themto death on the streets of America while peoples of other countries are aghast.

My ancestor came from Britain and more accurately Scotland the third ship after theMayflower into New England, me being a Yankee, my great, great, great grandfatherfighting for the North during the Civil War. We moved West homesteading in theDakota Territory prior to statehood.

All my life, I had felt an integral part of the land and its peoples having a mutuallyshared history and heritage of the cowboy and Indian West. My Grandfather was aparticularly good friend with many of the Lakota Sioux people of our area. This allbegan to change in the early sixties, until today, I feel more at home in India than I domy native place and for many reasons, politics and cities having much to do with mysense of disaffections and displacement.

We referred to city folk from the East as dudes, and they were and still are from my

of 180

perspective. Those among us, fearing such change, becoming ever more conservativein their views until they have turned upon their own like the rabid dogs they behave likeand have finally betrayed the roots of our shared sense of community to the point ofutter willful ignorance, out of greed and the possibility of power, over all that now live inthis sacred land of the Lakota and Wakan Tanka, the Great Spirit and Grandfather,Tunkashila.

I feel everyday of my life a great sense of loss and disenfranchisement from myheritage by individuals of self centered views, no longer focused on the public but ratheron their wallets and sense of privilege and power they have amassed by deceit andcoveting while fearing anything related to enlightenment and expansive freedoms forothers, like voting.

They have established a community of such narrow parameters that only the fecalretentive may feel a part. I have become disgusted by my own kind, and for thereasons and more mentioned above. This doctor women from Kenya should not feelalone.

I do not think this lose of cultural identity and support is lost on the majority of people inAmerica who struggle daily with such issues seeking a sense of worth and acceptancefrom others in shared community.

Believe me when I say Google and Facebook and Tweety bird and other social mediathat to help us feel a sense of community through the electronic crap that seeks toconnect people in shared purpose, is a huge Lie, for nothing has changed and theworld continues to disintegrate before our very senses and the rich get richer and thepeople of lesser means get poorer, both monetarily and culturally.

The elite rich, now having a wonderful shared sense of self importance and eliteprivilege, believe the neo serfs and/or peasants can “eat cake.” This is not a delusionaldream on my part and is quite provable to the open minded among us.

So, how do we, who understand these things about maturity and “privilege” bringabout a renaissance of purposeful activity for developing shared meaning, directed toward safety and a sense of thriving and flourishing in community all ofus seek, especially young people?

Here, once again, I seek to demonstrate a distinct method for establishing the processand infrastructure of shared ideas in cooperative collaboration with a multitude of like-minded human beings who prefer safety and purpose to war and pestilence and theignorance such diseases of mind produce.

of 180

We are in reality but gossamer smoke, most subtle and fine, floating upon a Sea ofinfinite potentialities as the formless and colorless creative and impulsive imagination ofthe One Divine Self and quite by spontaneous accident as it were.

I was born to be an empiricist and dialectician, compelled to write as if it is a kind ofconfession of spirit from out of my soul, unmotivated by desire or self importance. It isand has become a deep abiding joy to express what I know to be of truth and its facts.

I was instructed to write this short book or paper when I was 11 or 12 years old andhave only recently felt confident to write in this vein with this above title which waseventually agreed upon by my Muse and I.

After all, our purpose and its meaning is a deep mystery all wish to solve and/or knowthe answers, for existential meaning drives everything within all of us all the time andoften becomes a matter of survival rather than a choice.

Many become either cynical or skeptical or both during the process of maturation andwe put our ideals aside and place our nose on the grind stone, neither looking left, norright again.

I view this as the sealing over of the brain and the beginning of the life of the living deadwhich are what causes all of our efforts to find meaning and purpose in jeopardy foreach life that succumbs to the temptation to give up and then just fight for survival.

There is no true knowledge without fact-based science and there is no science withoutthe endless creative expression of the Infinite Impulsive Imagination, manifest asUniverse, the infinitesimal, for study.

Simply put, the finite resides within the infinite and not the other way around (theorem). Ultimately, the finite world of relativity will express the infinite in the finite until infinity issquared by such process and reality.

Humankind (mankind) is no accident in this process of unfoldment as the manifestinguniverse is the evolutionary outcome of the deep Urge to observe what it, the universe,is becoming.

There can be no mature idea without the notion of evolution, and then, upon theformation of that human vehicle to observe the very nature of the becoming finite byand through the equally driven process of the involution of consciousness, where wefind success as knowledge.

I really do not know why the development of the brain and its maturation does not get

of 180

much more attention from all of us. The brain is not some unfeeling mass of matterthat merely calculates and thinks.

The brain is that organ that gives geniuses the heart to be humanitarians and poets,philosophers and kings, scientists and authors.

Philosophers and such, always, have debated what consciousness is or where itderived from in endless ontological diatribes of competing egos which have completelymissed the point of such extant consciousness, now, evolved and complete in thehuman being as part of the process and reality of the Real Infinite Intelligenceexpressed at NAD/OM Point.

Socrates who is a Perfect Master said, “all I know is nothing.” There is no hiddenmessage or meaning in this statement of empirical fact in the consciousness of theenlightened. This statement is a perfect koan.

By our very nature we are most capable of ascertaining from whence we have comeand to where we are destined to end; such ending being literally endless for thoseintrepid few whom master infinite individuality in the eternity that awaits such Soulfragments, now reunited in the only Self of the One Reality, souls derive from quite bythe accident of Duality and its evolution.

I for One know exactly what I am discussing with God only knows what audience asmost of us shy away from such talk of infinity and eternity because it hurts our finite egomind states, left over from the impressions gathered from the actual evolution of thehuman form, we, being a direct reflection of the very nature of Reality in miniature.

This process of evolution and involution of the human atman goes on from the eonspast to the eons to come for the sole purpose of perfecting the soul fragments (Atmans)evolved human beings are to the ultimate outcome of the Longing to unite with ourown Reality of Self in a loving condition in Bliss eternal.

This natural process ends in either what is described as Liberation (Mukti-four types)where the soul retains no individuality in Bliss and simply reabsorbs into the infinite Selflike a crop of oats to bread or something, or the process that deposits some perfectedsouls into the immortal life of infinite individuality as Realization, never ending.

This experience of Being is become into the company of Companions and Friendscome before or after, and resting in the threshold between the infinite and infinitesimalfrom where they are dispatched to do their Divine Work in the eternity to follow.

Videha mukti (Sanskrit, "liberation without the body") is the most common form of

of 180

Liberation with consciousness of Bliss and Param Mukti requires duty in life as the 51perfected beings in Bliss. GOD SPEAKS, p. 261 1973 © Sufism Reoriented, Inc.

Either way, Liberation is experienced prior to Realization in most cases, at times, evenrequiring taking human form once again to complete such processes. I, intend to gointo some detail about these outcomes which are unavoidable, much as is death andbirth, both being completely illusory, yet necessary for the perfecting of our life form.

The idea that God exists or doesn’t exist, both or neither, has no bearing what-so-everon the truth of things and the inevitable outcomes forth coming.

In other words, I could care less if human beings are willing or capable of experiencingwhat I am discussing because they all will in one way or another, despite our finite egominds telling us we are something more important than being infinite.

I have no control over such things and may only hope something triggers the love ofknowledge in all equally.

Then, we remain gripped in the ignorance of being finite because we feel inferior andprefer to remain victimized by our own sense of inadequacies, self induced by clingingto the false impressions left over as the relics from evolution.

Narcissistic Stars and sociopathic Plutocrats and their minions being the best examplesof such self induced delusions of ignorance of Self as the child tyrants they oftenportray and belay by their behaviors, not to mention completely immature child tyrantnihilistic sociopathic psychopathic terrorists who claim to represent esoteric SufiWisdom and don’t.

Folks just will not be happy until they bring an Apocalypse done on all of us. Do theyhave a surprise coming!

And those cynics among you, who, would not wish or seek to know everything and liveeternally in a state of Bliss with wonderful Companions of the same but varied sort asthe Immortal Self you are, that we all share equally?

A good portion of the Truth of things is finally out and available to anyone interested insuch things as God and science joined without conflict or diminishment of eitherreference. This is the gift of the advent of the last Avatar, now manifesting, among wefurry little creatures of evolution by design.

Science has entered a new age and Doctor Albert Einstein and Doctor Charles Higgshave defined both the 20 and the 21 Centuries and I will have extensive commentsth st

of 180

about the notion of a Unified Field Theory as I believe I understand with some accuracyhow the universe came to be in the physical sense.

The Avatar has Graced us with his presence once again in the form of Avatar MeherBaba who was the same being as Zoroaster, Abraham, Rama, Krishna, Buddha, Christand Muhammad.

Avatar Meher Baba (25 February 1894 – 31 January 1969) came, Worked and wentback to the Threshold and humanity barely noticed even though he has millions oflovers.

Not to worry, however, as this phenomenon is not at all unusual, whereby, ignoranthumanity in its great part has always been oblivious of the fact that the Divine Beingand our own true Self have been coming to His Home for some 84 million years andlikely long before this in past universes if such be in Brahmin.

Humans are always speculating about alien beings visiting Earth when in reality theBeing of the Lord has always done so and then, so have the Archangels and Angels ofthe 6 and 5 planes of consciousness, respectively, in the Mental World and Sphereth th

who have often visited and do visit as they live right here on Earth but in higher planesof energy vibrations our Gross World senses do not experience until involved to do so.

Beings from the 4 , 3 2 and 1st planes of consciousness from the Subtle World andth rd, nd

Sphere intrude on our Gross World and Sphere, as well, where humans are capable ofexperiencing all the planes of extant consciousness and all the Worlds and Spheresright here and by design, only here, on planet Earth. GOD SPEAKS, pp. 44-58 1973 ©Sufism Reoriented, Inc.

Science has likely, already, detected these discreet energy levels which we refer to asphase transitions. We must study these things more thoroughly. Physicists are notaware of the function of these phase transitions as the three families of matter orexactly when they occurred.

The Elegant Universe: Superstrings, Hidden Dimensions, and the Quest for theUltimate Theory is a book by Brian Greene, 1999, which I would recommend. It isavailable on line in PDF.

Little is changed in physics except the much deeper understanding, now forth comingfrom the LHC at CERN and the work of Doctor Higgs and his colleagues with thediscovery of the Higgs Boson. Astrophysics has rewritten nearly everything we thoughtwe knew about the universe, as well.

of 180

I sure see and read many really far out ideas about universe when universe is muchmore simple than complex, hiding behind the appearances of complexity.

A more up to date treatment of theoretical physics comes from Lisa Randall,KNOCKING ON HEAVEN’S DOOR - How Physics and Scientific ThinkingIlluminate the Universe.

I think she is brilliant and have sent my papers to her. She has never returned a replyand she probably thinks I am quite mad as most physicists and astrophysicists probablywould. This is very unfortunate for the process of epistemology, I assure you.

For everything Higgs Boson related, and I mean everything as 574 papers, copy linkbelow and paste in http: address window:

http://inspirehep.net/search?p=keyword:%22Higgs%20mechanism%22&ln=en

I have suggested these states of matter may be likened to the known Three Worlds andthe Spheres which contain and gave birth to the seven planes of known consciousness.

Where scientists know and observe and measure the states of matter and the fourforces, a posteriori, we Mystics know of what occurs in the hidden metaphysical realmin an a priori manner. Believe it or not we are discussing the same phenomenon indifferent yet related methods of cognition.

There is considerable interest in beings from other worlds visiting Earth which requiressome comment. Much of this phenomenon is related to the Three Worlds andassociated Spheres and the Three States of Matter and the Four Forces of Nature.

Categories of Unidentified Flying and/or Submerged Objects are as follows:

UFO’s do not come from other star systems as the distances are too great, ourelectromagnetic signature even now having just passed our closest stellar neighbors. How would alien beings know where we were in the first place without electromagneticsignals? Of course, there is spectral analysis of light through our atmosphere that maydetect evidence of life, but then how would they get here even at the speed of light (c).

UFO’s come from other dimensions and higher vibratory states which is related to thephenomenon of “entanglement.”

There were photo sessions when pictures were taken of Baba, appearing on film insome cameras and not others, when many people took photographs of him at one time.

of 180

He stated as much, saying he occupied different dimensions at different times and wasnot in a picture on one film but was on another do to this dimensional hopping. Thislikely occurs more than we realize too many of us.

UFO’s are super-seraphim from higher vibratory planes that materialize as grossobjects in the Gross World and Sphere and have beings on board from different higherplanes of vibration. I can’t prove this notion but I have seen objects many times andactually observed one such object that descended from the sky.

It radiated, it scintillated from intense yellow to red to orange and back and other colorsI do not recall with no discernable edge and hovered between to peaks of a saddlewhich distance is over 500 meters and over 100 meters high from bottom to top ofgeological feature. It was huge and I was a half mile away in direct line of sight justafter dusk.

The craft or what ever it was filled this space between these two peaks of the saddlefeature. It may have emitted a high frequency sounds as it was descending.

It then settled behind the ridge line of the saddle feature and disappeared into a valleywith a creek running through it. My Mother was the only other witness. A friend I wentto grade school with told me he had seen the same things as I did but further up thecreek and before I described to him what I had seen.

Shortly after this event a sound began to emanate from the area below the saddlefeature that went beep, beep, beep and a pause and beep, beep and repeated thissame sound at different times but usually at night for months.

We had horses in the pasture near the sound and they stampeded when they firstheard the noise. I thought at the time that it was a craft materializing from a higherdimension or cooling down from entering the atmosphere.

We drove to where I heard it coming from in the dark and it approached me making thesame sound. I left. I gave an interview to the still extant Blue Book project.

Literary hundreds of people in my area witnessed similar phenomenon, visually andsound. This occurred beginning in 1963 until 1966 and I heard it again many yearslater but saw nothing, nor did anyone ever see from what this sound came from, thoughit moved across many hundreds of meters while emitting this sound, and even from atop of a tree. Very strange, it was.

Once when I ran towards the sound it took off emitting a high pitched whistling sound,the only different sound I heard. I was fifteen years old at the time, left the state for a

of 180

year, came back and the sound was still occurring and could even be called and itwould approach very quickly. It was always disconcerting.

I have seen but not heard dozens of UFO’s, I have absolutely no explanation as to whatthey were. Only one was likely a small reconnaissance helicopter used for gathersinformation or data directly over my head at least 100 feet in the air and made no soundbut had rotating blades. I have seen these craft in military programming.

My wife and I had a saucer shaped craft follow alone with our car from the state I wasborn in to the Northwest coast, appearing between trees and mountain peaks nearly allthe way, some 1,000 miles, why I do not know.

UFO’s are often our own technology which our governments keeps secret. Baba hasalluded to this reality.

The most important and significant book ever written concerning what we are and whatwe are for and why was written by the Avatar. The book is God Speaks - The Themeof Creation and Its Purpose, not to be confused with this paper which deals with thehuman perspective from our point of view.

Our perspective is like looking at infinity through a pin prick in the infinitesimal, lookingout upon the infinite Paramatma of our own Self, concealed by the ignorance of ourown infinite perspective we constantly run from, believing our individual selves to beunworthy or incapable of knowing such things of import. What is worse, are thoseacting as if they do know what IS and don’t, while behaving as if they do.

Additionally, the Infinite Intelligence in the Avatar’s hand is available from the originalnote books and digitized by the Avatars Trust in Portable Document Format (PDF),where the hardcover form is an edit of the original notebooks and is much expanded byscholars taking liberties with what the Avatar actually left for us, and thus fardiscovered.

I use the hardcover book as a reference book much as I have the Urantia Book whichhas many errors but conveys the vastness of universal creation which is actuallyinfinitesimal in Reality. Also, it is become a religion to some which is most unfortunatefrom the perspective of Knowledge.

I only recommend those books written by the Lord when discussing a consistentlyconsistent approach to Divine consciousness and the cosmogony which he has givento us all in writing and very explicitly and perfectly as his cosmogony and method ofawakening is the most recent, concise and available as his Word, un-fooled aroundwith by priests and scholars.

of 180

There are many excellent books written about the Avatar and approved by him whichafford great insight into whom He Is and who we are. Any books I will reference I willattribute to what I write whether such writing is my own or that of others. I have foundover the years that I have had very similar thoughts and ideas as may be found in manyother works.

This will suggest to the reader that something original does not come alone very oftensuch as is contained in God Speaks which is and will be found to be a great treasure toHumankind.

Here, it is appropriate to tell the reader, I am not a religious person nor am I a spiritualperson, per se, preferring the experience of higher consciousness rather than simplytalking about such things as if they are romantic ideals or unknowable states no onehas immediate access to the finding or experiencing.

I was born this way and until recently did not pay much attention to what others mightthink of what I was born to do or what is thought about what I think. It certainly was notto profit from what I know to be true.

I make no claims as to what I am or what I have become by not becoming anything,through the development of my natural consciousness, nor do I feel a need to do so,being most content in my bliss and sight and having few personal questions that remainfrom personal on going study of all things. I love what I know to be true and real,implicitly.

The primary reason I have few questions about the nature of Reality is that as myconscious mind has shed impressions of the infinite Nothing and replaced thesenotions with the infinite Everything, it has always been the case that answers areprovided as we obtain increased sight, not requiring any special use of the faculty ofinfinite knowledge available at will.

For those who may be interested or wish to locate their real Self, I suggest not being ina big hurry as this will prolong your efforts, indefinitely. I recommend relaxation and thepractice of being conscious of being conscious for Real results.

The inner experience of flow in the prajna of Sunyata (emptiness) and Tathata(suchness) is unavoidable in the calm and quite mind which the practice inducesnaturally if most patient in work.

This process works even better if the aspirant has a deep abiding longing for union(bhakti) with their higher Self as an external Master or their inner voice or experience ofGod. Higher does not refer to position but to vibration and subtle and finediscrimination of what your consciousness is conscious of all the time.

of 180

Such love and devotion to God or your true Self require some renunciation, surrenderand forgetfulness (final fana) of the finite ego mind. This is the resurrection processand brings the perfection of the soul (atman) returning souls to the immortal state allderives from.

However, at times, I have used this natural faculty of expanded knowledge in a maturemind to solve to my satisfaction, such things that have always intrigued me aboutrelativity, and where the universe actually derives from, and for what purpose, quiteapart from any text or paper that I have entertained to accomplish such acquisition ofknowledge.

I admit, I love reading Einstein and Bohr and other physicists’ notions of the philosophyof science in quantum relativity and astrophysics and what the Lord speaks clearly inmy “ear” or what I read from his hand.

I use all my resources, especially the Avatar Meher Baba, all the time to the peak ofsuch access for the purpose for which we all were placed here to do and be withoutequivocation. That being the study of knowledge, epistemology, which is my love,expressed everywhere as Parvardigar and the Infinite Intelligence He governs.

I wouldn’t be writing this diatribe if I didn’t think I had useful information to share withother aspirants and pilgrims of the Path, so to speak, including scientists and atheists. Iwill try and reference others with similar insights as often as it comes up, for theinformation, I am directly privy too, is available to all equally and always was.

Consciousness and unconsciousness are and always were a condition of the most firstmovement. Had consciousness existed prior to the most first Urge from out of theWhim to determine, “Who am I?”, and then “I am God,” I am absolutely certain theDuality would have proceeded in a far different manner from the extant inception ofevolution both finite and infinite. Consciousness was latent and this is what we have.

So called, higher consciousness is not so much an attainment or goal to reach butrather the process of ridding the finite ego mind of the clutter of innumerableimpressions.

These impressions (sanskaras) caused by the very process of evolution whichproduced a creature such as our selves to return to the infinite conscious state thatoriginally radiated from NAD (Word vibration) or Naad (Hindu Sanskrit), out of the OMpoint as the Beyond God, which is unlimited, but created the infinitesimal as the Dualityand the false “copy” of the infinity of consciousness, Light.

The shadow of Light which is darkness and/or light, is divided into two formsexpressed as the False infinite Nothing and its illusory expression, Universe from the

of 180

infinitesimal.

I will have much more to say about the states of Light and its shadow, light (darkness),as both potential and kinetic. Darkness is often the term used to denote ignorance. Both instances of the use are correct, here.

No one I know of has had these insights into the infinitesimal that I know to exist inuniverse, except Baba, my Master having opened my sight to such possibilities at agesix or seven when I began to draw triangles. I believed for years that all people wereaware of this information and just didn’t talk about such things, being very naive andinnocent in my views of others.

The actual process of dropping impressions from evolutionary process when completein the human mind is the “attainment” of infinite knowledge, infinite power and Bliss,everywhere present, which IS prior to the most first movement, yet Latent. It is theInfinite Latency or existence of forms un-manifest that is the real Mystery of Creationand why I am a Seeker of the Mystic.

This possibility and availability of knowledge are extant for every single human being allthe time by the mere exercise of Free Will (Original WHIM/URGE) to begin unwindingthese impressions of forms accumulated from the soul experiencing what it is to be asgas, to stone/metal, too vegetable, to worm, insect, reptiles, to fish, to bird, to animaland then human with full consciousness, having the will to do so. Charles RobertDarwin is wonderful.

It is just that simple. What isn’t simple is the process of ego death to locate theResurrection for Immortality as one possessing infinite individuality by such finite egoeradication and not being absorbed back into the Paramatma undifferentiated,requiring the deepest Longing for Love. I recommend the life of discrimination as thePath.

We will discuss a way forward for humanity, the problem of knowledge, the economicsystem that supports human success, how success is guaranteed by proper educationcoupled with work in an economic system that allows prosperity for all, how, the “ThreeDemons, greed, intolerance and exploitation.”

This view undermines true progress for all and how Plutocracy defeats democracy andenslaves by the exercise of willful ignorance and, finally, how to achieve a New Life ofhead and heart that lends support for the Path of Liberation and Realization necessaryfor the purpose of such achievement for a becoming and extant New Humanity.

I write long loaded sentences on purpose for clarity if one concentrate and as theeconomy of endless words and concepts Religions have degraded into.

of 180

I don’t have all the answers but I know exactly how such answers may be found andwhat is required to sustain the efforts that produce acceptable outcomes for all. I amnot some bleeding heart idealistic progressive, barking at the moon. On the contrary, Iknow exactly what I am opening for discussion in discourse. Call me a pragmaticidealist if you must.

When I was a young man, I used to think, possibly it was a dream of sorts, that peoplein general would be focused on community and altruism and humanitarian values allshared.

Well, of course, I was naive, and this information was somewhat disheartening withregard to the then daunting problems facing humankind.

I no longer entertain such notions. I know all to well that it is the responsibility of eachsoul to rise to the occasion of establishing an authentic life for themselves. In this worldand especially the more developed nations with advancing infrastructure, technologiesand and societal norms built around the ideas of education and its availability for all,the choices are more clear and available to people developing themselvesprofessionally to meet the challenges of identity and socioeconomic security.

It remains essential that the whole of humankind has access to these sameprerogatives for personal growth and I hope we succeed in this endeavor.

However, it remains a personal choice and a personal responsibility to have thecourage to be an authentic person. One, who does not seek to control others for suchauthenticity.

Being compassionate and kind hearted and congruent between our ethics and moralityis always a challenge in a world which constantly tempts our better judgements.

It is only in community that a reflective process of personal growth works well for theindividual where we are accepted and critiqued by our elders and peers in a goodnatured manner. What lacks in the world is this sense of shared community whichdemise I watched occurring as I grow older due to the forces of expediency andcommerce that simply overwhelm our sensibilities found best in shared community.

It is now possible for all of us literally to drop much of the pretenses of social media andfocus on a cooperative and collaborative attempt to find this sense of intimatecommunity we all once shared most naturally as hunter gatherers now sweep away byour shared “progress.”

If has little meaning due to a lack of purpose we now have the tools to awaken ourspirits to a new understanding and appreciation of one another, by simply being who weare without pretense.

of 180

I have found this to be exceedingly difficult for the majority of us engaged in the newsocial media circus now maturing for there is no other viable means to cooperate andcollaborate on this vast scale.

Thus, it is our personal responsibility to seek to become authentic by dropping thepretense of our assumed inferiority where we do not wish to expose ourselves thepossibility of ridicule and defamation of the less compassionate and kind and humbleamong us.

This requires bravery and guile and a sense of truth and purpose beyond ourselves tosucceed in such active communications and sense of a shared and sharing communityspirit of Mankind, known to exist somewhere in all of us.

Simply put, humanity will succeed or fail in direct proportion to the amount ofcooperative collaboration between individuals, public, private and governmental, for thepurpose of the study of all things. This is a theorem.

Put in human terms; if or until humanity shares a living sense of shared community inpurposeful activities, absolutely nothing will change for the sustained and perpetualbetterment of that humanity for the heart of humanity will remain absent in the whole ofthat humanity. This is exactly the reason combat soldiers do not leave their fellowsoldiers that are dead or wounded behind when they withdraw from a position orbattlefield, all being brothers and sisters in arms, fame and fortune not being theirmotive.

A Short Aside

A really dear and an old friend of mine who had not known we were friends due to myabsence, recently recommended a short book to me regarding both the existence ofGod and the fact of the Universe being quite a compatible idea with objectifiablescience.

I have looked for others with such a view my entire thinking life to little effect or affect. Usually, it is all spiritual or all science while both are correct as I am a dialecticianextraordinaire and know this to be true and factual.

Richard Blum has written a very good book, The Architecture of The Universe, findingcompatibility between the existence of God and the science of Universe. I have notseen or been made aware of any other deep thinker with a viable view that synthesizesthese two seeming incompatible ideas such as my very straightforward attempt to doso.

of 180

I am reading Mr. Blum’s book with a certain joy, knowing there is another with ideas notdistinctly incompatible with my own.

An old friend who has held a special place in my being since 1967 is the author ofseveral excellent books about his experiences with the Avatar and his insights into theWork of the Avatar which we are just beginning to appreciate in its scope and meaning. I am referring to Rick Chapman.

Rick or Frederick Chapman is a Fulbright Scholar and called to the Avatar by theAvatar, directly, who has written a marvelous book I am reading, Meeting God inHuman Form.

Now, just think about that title as an objectifiable factual experience where he really didreceive darshan from God in person. How would a Christian feel in the presence ofJesus Christ, for instance?

When Master was still in his vehicle or body, I used to imagine running to India for hisspiritual blessing and how I would behave and be received by the one I knew was reallyGod who allowed me to know who and where he was in 1967.

I knew I was not to go, though, I wished I could. Rick has done this for me vicariouslywhich words’ fail to express adequately for the appreciation of his actually being withGod in his person.

I have met many of the Disciples of the Avatar and remain amazed, most of which havenow returned to their Master and Love as his devoted lovers. Thankfully, for the Worldsome still persist in life and continue to contribute their insights to all of us, this beingthe last generation so blessed. We all await the Avatar’s return in 700 years.

Thank you both, Richard and Frederick, for being living cultural treasures I amprivileged to know and others not mentioned here.

of 180

A Brief Introduction

I wish to convey to the reader my actual sense of things, my world view, myWeltanschauung, and how I feel about things so the reader may apprehend myperspectives for a better grasp of the multifarious subjects and tenures and biases presented in this work which I make absolutely no apology for or defense of with regardto such a world view presented for the elucidation of others.

The sherif of Deadwood, James Butler Hickok, better known as Wild Bill and dude fromback East, and in the Dakota Territory in the Black Hills during the Gold Rush, the Hillssome 3.8 billion years old, once said, “It ain’t no sin to kill a bad man.” Eating pie oneday in Deadwood he is said to have drawn his pistol, firing and killing a man who wasattempting to shot him, while still eating his pie with his other hand.

He was murdered playing the “deadman’s hand,” Aces and Eights, his back turned tothe door of the Old Style Saloon No. 10 (a Myth), Nuttal & Mann’s being the spot of themurder and located elsewhere.

Calamity Jane, said to have been Bill’s girl friend ( a Myth), a bull wackier and transportdriver and very notorious woman for the age she lived in, when living in Deadwood isreported to have nursed a family, suffering from small pox, back to health after no onewould come to their aid, backing up the street to their home with pistol drawn to preventtowns people from stopping her.

I grew up on a working dude ranch and lodge with an authentic cowboy as myGrandfather.

He could ride a horse at full gallop while rolling a cigarette with one hand and lighting it. I watched him do it. When he was eleven years old he ran 10 thousand head of sheepfrom a chuck wagon with his dog all alone.

He was a friend of the Lakota and I sat on Ben Black Elk’s lap during the summers atMount Rushmore when I was a child, having no clue who he was while feeling warmand friendly in the doing.

When my Grandfather was courting my Grandmother he once rode his horse thirtymiles, placed second in a horse race, and rode on to a barn dance in the Moon Countrynear Mystic, danced all night with my Grandmother and rode fifty miles back home inthe morning.

of 180

I grew up slapping leather and punching cows, herding horses for dudes to ride andtouring the Hills with dudes as a young boy. I am not even remotely a cowboy nor was Iever as I was much to involved in the inner world to even know where I was, whileappreciating my idyllic life consciously and completely having grown up much asSiddhartha Gautama did, really.

The great Tibetan Sage, Melarepa, a perfected being, and proof of such things in thecannons of Tantric Yoga from the Bon culture, influenced by Buddhism, murdered aman in his early life. When asked why he had done so, he said it was for the spiritualbenefit of who he had murdered.

Well, I have never killed a living soul and its is very unlikely that I would, even though Iwas a trained infantry soldier and officer in the United States Army and was taught byexperts to do so.

I really do not appreciate the society we have become for it is over ridden with dudesand their ignorance of shared community and purpose close to the land, while they runaround with their little guns acting as if they are authentic individuals of old when theywouldn’t know a cowboy from a cow on the road.

America has lost a great treasure of country community where kindness and empathyfor others and their needs was an open secret where all were accepted and fewshunned do to their gross behaviors not in keeping with the unspoken rules ofcommunity. Well, for the most part those days and those wonderful people are gone.

Jefferson, having been right to believe we should remain on the land and not in the city,for what a far richer society we would have today but for the necessity to work and livethe cities provided.

I know much of modern America and its people to utterly lost in the wilderness ofuncaring and indifferent city society where the warm gun and the sense of communitysimply do not compliment one another as they did in the day, I still recall that are nowdead for lack of a culture or purpose to have such a culture.

If you believe this is an indictment of humankind and especially those humans livingnow, in America, you would be correct. What a bunch of dudes we have become, livingoff our imagined laurels, taking for granted our supposed superiority and prowess. Theelitist privileged view of ourselves that causes those among us of more humble andcommunity based sentiments to cringe at the utter ignorance and stupidity of thoseamong us who worship the self. While these same “accomplished” folks work todegrade the environments of community still remaining or seeking to grow once againin the hearts of human kind, out of shared respect and kindness for one another inacceptance of our differences.

of 180

Is there something fundamentally wrong with and in the world? The answer would beyes and I know exactly how we must work to overcome this self imposed ignorance wehave built upon false premises of greed, intolerance and exploitation of one anotherwhen our very humanity would have done nicely.

So, that is where I am at and it will come through again and again in this paper as wellas the solution to the problem of dehumanification we have embarked upon for the lasthundred years or so in America while we scratch our heads and wonder what is thematter with our crumbling society, hell bent on making nearly everything completelymeaningless due to the lack of care for one another, especially the White male man,who thinks he is god or something most of the time and I are one.

Personally, I am sick of this obvious self righteous behavior of the majority race whobelieves they do no wrong or have any reason to question their actions, whatsoever. Just ask one of the assholes and they will get in your face and tell you are inferior,specifically due to their obvious fear that they are inferior because they have forgottenhow to live an authentic life and blame everyone else for their fears. I am fed up withthis attitude and conceit of my own race, so prevalent, it disgusts a normal person whenobserved.

For the more weak of spirit and mind just look what we have done for community allover the Middle East, and Syria isn’t pretty, directly due to our false war in Iraq andtribal warfare between the sects of Islam, we managed to stir up, for democracy. Bullpucky should be our slogan or “Let’s go to War and solve world problems,” maybe.

I think I sense a thaw coming, as I have no plans to cease my attacks on the egos ofself gifted stupidity.

I could continue to edit this book again and again, but the spelling is fairly good and thecontend is fairly accurate and I have put down what must be picked up should anyonenotice or care, knowing full well one person has little to say about what transpires inwhat we perceive to be real. I will now publish as of March 18, 2015.

of 180

Spirit

This short book demands an explanation of the mundane meanings of spirit. There is aWestern tradition of meaning and an Eastern and Avataric meaning associated withMan’s relationship to the world and to Knowledge, real knowledge.

The Western view being that indomitable spirit of tenacity and adventure and unbridledcourage in the face of danger that burns in the chest (hearts) of those who knowthemselves to be physically free and mentally independent and involving the physicalprocess of new discovery, within and without our bodies.

This is especially true for the Americans’ who live in a place that encourages thebehaviors of rugged individualism, exploration and discovery given to us from theexamples of history that allowed America’s formation from the efforts of trulyadventurous and Illuminated Europe visionaries.

I have despaired of the lose of this spirit in America for various reasons, I will mentionahead. However, I have been recently surprised to discover a fresh new youthmovement alive and well in the world and will allow one of these younger folk to speakher piece below.

Tag line I won't promise to be nice but I do try to be interesting.

Introduction

Well, it's like this. Your world is what you make it. So I've made mine a scintilla of thetranscendental object at the end of time. What you'll see in my feed is mostly technology,politics, space and various forms of research. All with a mythological element of wildsubconscious, constructive thought and creativity.

My world is the future. I'm busy living it into effect. Some of it may seem imaginative. Somefantasy. Some outright delusional. Think of it what you may. I'm enjoying watching humanityworking it out. In my world we get it right and we're already doing it. There's only a few mediamagnates and a particular cohort of politicians pretending otherwise. Talk to anyone in the streetand they know the social construct has had its day. It's a lie. The fabrication of money andprivatisation and Grand Caymans accounts is the result of an accounting error. When businesspays the rent it will work. You watch.

The solutions are already apparent in community endeavours like Transition Towns and opensource technology. Business has already begun poaching ideas from the community level in aneffort to adapt. Perhaps it's our purpose to create brilliant ideas that corporations and politics can

of 180

pick up on and carry us into a world where we get it right? Where we avoid Armageddon andpost-apocalyptic dystopia that the media presents as our only alternative to business as usual.So how do we live like it's the future and we got it right?Good question. How will we do that? ;-)

I have been asking my self that same question since the Korean War in 1953, and evenif I know how to do it, it can’t be done without an awakening of that spirit exhibited bythe lively spirited comment above from the hearts of millions of truth seekers such asthis young lady, having that indomitable spirit to persevere and over come any notionthat would detract from “getting it right.”

How do we get it right?

This is that lively attitude required to live a Fiery Free Life we have all been asked tolive and nicely, leaving such a process entirely up to Humanity and each of useindividually.

Since I fear no one and nothing, I embrace all of humanity, individually and as theHumanity of all. I am not shy or lacking in my efforts to accept and love and yes servemy fellow beings as we are in fact One Beings, unrealized, requiring that profound andfundamental awakening to our very nature as the Soul.

There is a movement afoot in humanity that has sought to deny the soul or God oranything of form and purpose what-so-ever much as an existential funk of neardepression these folks fight to hold on to like the binding it represents.

Really, this too is OK and must be so for I seek no binding impression with anything atall except the Love of God which in truth is the only such binding there IS, being simplywhat God experiences Eternally since the OM point and now as the same entityawakened to this as a personality. The experience of the Infinite Latent Pre-personalMystic now revealed to God himself, existing as the One, both Beyond and the Beyondthe Beyond finally extant.

Our experience of the Duality being the necessary condition for the Work of God uponHis own state as the Illusion you and I think is real, but is God’s special Dream of theSoul in the loving embrace of Parvardigar and/or Vishnu, the Paramatma (Oversoul).

Boy, do atheists and nihilists hate me! Ah, its good for them.

The same soul that inhabits the hearts and minds of every creature so equipped andeven those creatures who have no human heart, we have referred to as angles andsuch, fairies being a form of angel.

of 180

These beings wonder at our gross state and the heights to which we may ascend if weare honest, responsible and willing to make that effort, and illusion or not it is an effortof soul, most profound.

What is required is that same can do spirit that moved early America to begin the longroad to national maturity which is sorely lacking in our current culture of deception andgreed fostered and foisted upon those who wish for such fears that a corrupted sourceseeks for all and the truth will provide the willing.

Here is the link to the direct download of the seven messages delivered to us from theAvatar in 1952, the Fiery Free Life being the first revealing message, unlike anythingHumankind has been allowed to see revealed, like unto the burning bush of Moses.

http://www.ambppct.org/Book_Files/MB_Fiery_Free_Life_7.pdf

I, simply, trust in my sense of things, having determined long ago there is absolutelynothing to be done but what manifests, due to our combined efforts, conscious orunconscious. That is why I have written this book, to educate or awaken any and allwho have the fortitude or guts to do so, no harm intended or sought.

After all, I am not asking anything of anyone that does not respect themselves or othersenough to care if we live to serve the needs of one another, having focused on thehumble and meek and weak and hungry and sick and young and old.

If you do not hear or read the truth of my words, even those suffering from the diseaseof mind that corrupts, among us, will transition to Liberation and return from whencethey came, devoid of any such memories in Eternal Bliss enjoyed by the God of old andthe same One living now and always, especially in the hearts of Man.

The only purpose to which the Grand Illusion exists, to harvest our souls for a greatWork to come, the Lord having all time to do this great undertaking in as suchrelativistic things which do not really exist in Reality but are still dreamt and pursued byDivinity, none the less. This being the Great Mystery of our condition.

Now there is the matter of the second allusion to spirit, mentioned in the entirediscourse above, going unnoticed for it is a Divine secret until recently revealed assuch, only known to God Conscious men and the Avatar, now revealed by the Avatar.

I have suggested that there is a special sense of Reality in what we know to becompletely illusory as the relativistic creation, Universe, the infinitesimal Nothing formedas the Duality which is unlimited in expression of imagination.

One may have little or no Knowledge of such things unless told or experienced and

of 180

experienced in a certain manner I will explain as best I may.

Esoteric or Illuminated Knowledge is achieved or experienced in the Illusion as anIllusion which brings the first real awakening to the depths of the Illusion onlyexperienced by the Aspirant on the edge of the Subtle World Sphere and as theThreshold between the Subtle and Mental World Spheres, the fourth plane ofconsciousness, illusory as it is, one must pass through to become Illuminated in the 5th

Plane of conscious.

Which occurs in this Worlds Sphere and is inhabited by the angles who minister tohumans and who wonder at our purpose, protected by God as Parvardigar, thepreserver and protector of all, by his infinite grace and the mercy that delivers grace, asthe actual Knowledge of such things, Divine as they are.

My authority to thus explain such things, do to what I know by such experience havingno particular significance except the Knowledge thus given and that many years in theIllusion ago. The Archangels living between the 6 Sphere of the Mental World and 6th th

plane of consciousness and the 7 plane of consciousness, no longer hidden truth. th

For it is our purpose to completely annihilate the finite ego mind and experience theimmortality of infinite individuality, our spirit as found soul in the knowledge given onthe 4 plane threshold and finished as the final fana of consciousness in Bliss Eternalth

while retaining individuality.

All humans coming from the evolution of Nature and natures impressions and having asoul concealed from us until such time our spirit self that dies and is reborn 8 million400 thousand times begins the involution of our consciousness by unwinding thesanskaras of evolution, until such experience of spirit which locates our soul on theedge of the 4 plane and retains a body.th

This spiritual juncture being the most dangerous to the eventual Liberation and thepossible Realization of the final fana which simply has no adequate form of expressionuntil Realized. A good deal of this sort of information is woven into the discourse of thisbook.

The Gross World Sphere and Subtle World Sphere are slightly overlapping as does the4 and 5 planes to come and where souls go after experiencing either heaven or hell th th

experiences after death (Bardo states, Tibetan Tantra) to be returned to anothervehicle, our body for the purpose of perfecting the conscious finite ego mind. Thisaccounts for the astral world of the spirit bodies and our educations as developingunrealized souls.

I remember laying on a table of sorts and covered by a white cover in a huge and very

of 180

cold room awaiting rebirth. I distinctly remember entering my Mothers womb at somepoint and being warm, seeing light and dark repeating and then a sudden cold anddiscomfort and actual rage seeing red when I was born. I remember nursing my Motherand smelling the cold and smoke off my Grandfather near the fireplace near by, I grewup with.

I remember crossing vast planes and climbing huge mountains as a construct over andover again as if it would never end and once simply tiring of the exercises andmotivated to continue to do the inner work through my childhood beginning at three.

I remember being advised not to look left nor right while crossing innumerable subtleplanes of consciousness in the Subtle World Sphere, then, having to words for suchthings but knowing exactly what was happening inside my own self.

I remember many guides who came to me one after the other which I had longconversations with throughout every nights mediation/concentration for many years untilI was 17 years old.

I remember leaving the worlds of Power behind and finding fine veils gossamer like andbeing able to understand and see anything I wished to know or comprehend, even byjust picking a book up and knowing what it was about and suddenly having thatKnowledge.

I was accused of plagiarism at times which was complete nonsense as I had neverseen what I was accused of copying. She died in a fire in an aircraft on the ground andI often wondered if she had pissed me off to that extent.

I had many years of such instruction when at age 12 or 14 I returned to a place in mymind I had visited once before finding what I found and saw to be most interesting. Ihad learned how to think of something very small and on this one night I reallyconcentrated very hard to think of this object as the smallest possible thing I couldvisualize.

Prior to this visualization and as soon as I could draw or use a pencil and then a ruler, Ibegan to draw triangles over and over agin driving my parents crazy with my obsessivedesire to express something profound within me wishing to come out as an explanationof what it was and meant.

Well, this one evening, I began my discipline of concentration wishing to see where itwould lead and having no idea that this concentrative meditation method wasthousands of years old being quite natural to man as it was and is.

of 180

I remember tweaking my last attempt to see this very small idea or thing or object andsort of twisting in and around where I had ventured before, I suddenly was struck rightin the middle of my brain by a huge flash of light like being hit in the head with a pickaxe to the center of my head but feeling no painful result and being immediately sweepup into the universe with stars and planets all about and some colliding and explodingin vast explosions when two dissimilar objects became to near one another. I was withsome one or something of obvious intelligence that showed me many things I still haveno recollection of but knowing it was all most amazing to behold.

My obsession even becoming greater to draw what I had seen in the initial flash duringthis experience, until we finally got it down or a two dimensional surface withrapidographic pen and compose with straight edge and pen in 1969 having worked todo so from age 12.

The purpose of which was to bring an idea of the creation of the universe into termsthat could be examined and formulated as a geometric representation of what I hadactually seen in a flash. I originally called this drawing the square circle and then theelliptical cubical sphere, double spiral void on the actual lithographic reproductions ofthe image in black and blue over laid images.

Now, I view or see the idea completely, finally, and name it the triple tetrahedraltriangle, ellipsoidal cubical sphere, double spiral void. The original theorem(drawing) and its hypothesis being: everything is separate and/or opposite but thesame (one); ad infinitum squared, fifty years on seeing no reason or evidence tochange my initial theory.

I have since represented its meaning as mc^2 = E = mc^2 as a mirrored image of theprocess and reality we experience, Doctor Einstein providing the formulations fortetrahedral and relativistic understanding, thus, expressed in his perfect formula and itsopposite, reflecting what occurred to obtain to what he formulated, contained within thedrawing.

I have written a great deal to explain its origins in terms physicists may apprehend. I donot hold my breath waiting for a cogent response as most would think it is nonsenseand they would be and are mistaken.

Copernicus having said if you can not draw geometrically what it is you wish to expressin cogent terms then it is not a proper postulation or words to that effect. I agree withhim as I am a geometrist and not a mathematician, per se. My spirit and soul beingintact I assure you the reader.

The reader may say this or that or believe as they may in what ever context they wish, Ihave no control of such things nor would I exercise control if I could. The only things I

of 180

actually and personally experience are those things I have any immediate knowledge.

I know what I experience, being the empiricist I am, and realize clearly what the Avatarhas written to be most accurate having experienced much of what his stated hismission or ministry is, mow manifesting.

So I make absolutely no claim by saying I know exactly how I obtained to what I knowto be factual and true by my own experiences of such things represented by symbols inthis paper. Again, I will point out to the reader that despite the fact all we see and knowt be real is but a real illusion, but for one purpose and one only.

That purpose being the perfecting of each human soul fragment originally separatedfrom Infinity in the fininity (infinitesimal) by pure chance at NAD OM, entirelyunbeknownst to God Himself prior to first infinite consciousness from out of the infiniteunconsciousness as the sock of surprise.

This fact is nothing he admits to readily, but explains clearly in many instances, duringhis advent now manifesting. It is nice to know God is human and personal for once. Ihighly recommend not pissing this Being off, however, having done so in a majorfashion once.

Now a last word about intelligence and genius everyone believes themselves to bepersonally. Human consciousness is complete and formed properly to Realize the Selfimmediately upon being born and growing to a normal adulthood.

Impressions of our past experiences during the formation to human our souls musttolerate are overcome and new binding prevented or naturalized to achieve suchknowledge of Self. Many of us having extraordinary talents and skills and abilities fewshare expressed in our multitude of talents our genetic natures provide randomly.

Many newly arrived souls come from planets with highly intelligent human beings, fargreater than humans born of this planet and often maladapted or misused by thesesouls until they realize what they have become here a JAH (just another human), Ha.

Native intelligence is a wonderful thing, I am sure, having a mere smidgen I was bornwith thanks to my ancestors and early nurturing environments. The “intelligent” amongus often believing or being told they are geniuses based upon their works.

From my limited perspective, I would and must say there are few true geniuses born.Even with the huge 7 billion person population we have and the huge number of thesepeople who have extraordinary intelligence does not necessarily provide one with whatwe have named genius.

of 180

I think I am able to list several hundred geniuses who have lived in our past with someaccuracy. The fundamental underlying character of these superb individuals, womenand men alike, are folks manifesting a profound sense of humanity and a powerfulhumanitarian offering for that shared humanity.

I would say these individuals are driven by their ethical and moral imperatives to cometo the aid of their fellow humans across the spectrum of talents and intelligence eachuniquely possesses.

I much prefer genius to simple intelligence for intelligence to exist for the purposes ofgreed, intolerance and exploitation is the misuse of this faculty and is given us the worldof disorder this unbalanced source misused, provides to the common good, zero.

Intelligence without the faculty of compassion (gen) and love for our fellow Man(person), does little for the involution of those, thus, disposed by the disease of selfcenteredness and self worship, believing themselves above the gods and all other men,and not to be compared with the Haughty, but as the narcissists they behave like.

Such folk often behaving as the child tyrant, seeking complete control of all others dueto extraordinary feelings and thoughts of inferiority other centeredness provides thelimited ego mind as delusional thinking.

If it weren’t for genius and that Longing to unite with a higher purpose and meaning,where would we be now?

The Problem of Knowledge

Epistemology is the study of knowledge. There are schools of thought that suggestknowledge is impossible or that the characteristics of the cosmos do not lend support tofinding solution, due to the quantum state of matter which must remainincomprehensible due to its minuet spacial size or distances, certainly in the Planckrange of time and distances.

In my travels I have learned five things about knowledge:

First, if you have properly prepared the postulations for the question you wish to ask,you already have the necessary information to answer any question, thus, postulatedcorrectly.

of 180

Second, the answer to any question is the simplest answer found, by exhausting allother answers first, seeking even simpler answers each time an answer is found. Thisis not deductive reasoning but is a form of elimination to the simplest terms of aproposition. Albert Einstein said something very much like this only far simpler beingmuch more intelligent than my self.

The universe is so completely simple it appears complex and without a perspective toobserve the entire process and reality, the theories and hypothesis and measurementsof substance become more and more complex.

Until the quantum process and reality are explained in rational terms, the transition to aunification of science and what God’s attributes are will remain unreconcilable,unfortunately.

The geometry of the triple tetrahedral triangle, ellipsoidal cubical sphere, double spiralvoid is a representation of this synthesis of nature and the God it derives from which iscapable of measurement and observation in astrophysical terms and quantummathematical formulation in an integrated fashion as I have suggested in my writingsconcerning such a synthesis.

The central issue is to describe scientifically how an extant infinite Light (c^2) transfersthe attributes of such Light to light which we experience. The Light is reflected andimpressed upon the infinitesimal extant light (c).

The two forms of light may be measured and by demonstration proven that the onlydifference between the two states of natural Light is the speed of such light, comparedand observed. For the purposes of science it certainly is not enough to state that Lightis affected by light as if this light is Light.

Doctor’s formula, E = mc^2 suggests light speed may be squared. How this is to bemeasured and observed remains to be seen. When a matter stream and an antimatterstream accelerated to near the speed of light and then are collided in huge detectorsmuch like cameras at the Large Hadron Collider at the CERN, The EuropeanOrganization for Nuclear Research, a spray of subatomic particles is released in acascade of high speed vectors in all directions.

The Higgs Boson or “God Particle” was surmised to exist forty years ago and now foundbased on the daughter products released in certain collisions, recorded in te LHCfacility. The Boson was not directly observed while all of the data indicates the bosonthat gives mass to matter is believed to exist based upon the particles detected. Thisparticle has been sought for over 50 years.

It is speculated there may be as many as five of these Higgs bosons, extant. The

of 180

Higgs is a super massive particle wave, field and mechanism. I have no doubt this iscorrect as far as the science has taken quantum physicists in their studies.

It is thought that in the primordial Big Bang event, it was these bosons which createdthe first matter.

I am certain these obstacles and issues are soluble in pure science, alone, for just asDoctor Einstein, I think God does not play dice with the Universe all such constructsachieving specific ends in the actual Illusion.

Third, I have learned by deep silent thought that the mystery or mysticism is that thereis no mystery and that with a certain qualification. The qualification being what is or willbe available from That IS state which does not move, yet, moves (Duality) everything asthe Infinite Pre-personal Latent Mystic (Beyond the Beyond state of God) remains theMystery eternal.

Fourth, the more you know, the more there is to know and the more you must knowand the realization you know very little and always will, we being mere humans. Theonly way to know anything is that whatever you think you know, must be knowable andknown to others and that in a scholarly manner steeped in science and sharedempirical experience, acknowledged..

Fifth, in order for humanity to progress, locate and sustain high culture for long periodsof time, we must actively study all things in a focused systematic fashion in University. It is true because nothing else attempted has succeeded in doing so, not even Egypt orthe ancient cultures of India, all eventually abandoning study of Nature and running tothe ignorance of dogmatic religions as the corrupted teachings of the Avatar.

The ultimate solution to which is the experiential finite reality, fully and completelyexpressing the Everything in the Nothing from out of the nothing, the Latent Everything,throughout eternity to infinity squared.

I express this idea as: everything is separate and/or opposite but the same (one); adinfinitum squared. End.

This paper is not for the uninitiated reader nor is it meant to insult or dissuade orintimidate others, seeking to know things beyond there current awareness orunderstanding. I will always encourage others to study and push the boundaries ofindividual knowing.

The greatest threat to the acquisition of knowledge is a sufficient reference point toobserve the actual problem of first defining what knowledge is and then how to apply

of 180

such insights efficiently and pragmatically to actually accomplish common goals by thestudy of everything.

Therefore, we must establish the reference point from which to embark from and towhere it may go and how we will obtain to that which challenges our very existence ashuman beings.

Further, I must establish with a certain amount of alacrity and clarity what my personalreference construct looks like as my perspective on it all.

I am not in awe of anyone or anything. In a very real sense I am everyone andeverything as the Self extant in us all. I am not high and I am not low.

I am your fellow servant and live to serve Humankind and my Lord, my own true Self,just as I experience this truth in actuality right now.

I am truly in Awe of the essence of what ever creates raw unspoiled nature as theMystic process that brought it from nothing to Nothing, extant as Illusion.

I certainly do not have the perspective of God Incarnate even if I know exactly whatGod IS, for I am merely an imperfect vehicle housing an immortal soul fragment thatevolved through God only knows what natural processes to come to the place I know itis all an illusory dream of my own true Self.

This gives me a perspective quite unlike the Avatar who sees this process from the topdown, so to speak. We are here as both the outcome of ignorance manifest and theInfinite Intelligence as it exists in both the Real and False states of the Everything andNothing.

The Lord has come to assist us innumerable times and we still don’t know a damnedthing for what ever reasons. This is the change to come where it is up to us to providethe meaning of our hearts in community evolved from the primordial past and is theessence of our feeling and perspective, quite apart from the Lord who has nor willexperience this illusion as we do.

Further, we know this is our destiny to provide the environment for the production ofLiberated and Realized souls with a modicum of dignity and safety for all. If we arefodder for the grist mill for the perfecting process of souls this is a big deal anddeserves our collective attention.

The Why is the great secret not shared even now unless I missed why we must LoveGod except to locate our own Self which is God. So what does God know that we don’t

of 180

and why is it a secret if He does know.

Herein lies the purpose we exist and why it is meaningful and why we should give ourfull attention to the function of producing fully enlightened souls, perfected.

It is and always has been my view that the Universe of universes is a function of thecontinued expression of Nothing to allow Everything to experience everything in theactuality of the Nothing to fully exhaust this endless finite experience in the finite,eternally.

The actual purpose being the long sought Friend, God has never stopped searching foror requesting from us as our love of Him.

This is the actual meaning of life as Humankind to produce the necessary number ofperfected souls to evolve the phase transition of the Absolute where this infinity oflatent Everything is expressed at the level of infinity as the infinite dream state.

God seeks the Companionship of something beyond his own state of knowing who heis to what the I will become when exhausted in the Eternity of creation to follow.

This was revealed to me as a child directly into to my brain as the experience it was, agreat realization of purpose and meaningful existence before us, and which we may notturn our backs upon. For if we do, my I, will just continue with the process ofdeveloping mature loving beings who love themselves and their God somewhere else.

I have always had trouble constructing this understanding in a way others could graspwhat we all know is true in our hearts, that we are responsible for each other by beingresponsible for our individual selves which is an illusion but drives all impressionsendlessly.

This knowledge is available and from a scholarly and mystic point of view is completelyconsistently consistent and reliable, across all metrics and perspectives as a truesynthesis of knowledge defined.

Here, then, are the propositions of reason, logic, intuition and transcendental realitiesthat must frame that which is very attainable by humans of foresight an vision seeking abetter world for all of humanity.

We exist in the formless and colorless Infinite Intelligence of God’s creative andimpulsive imagination to know Himself as Omnipresent, Infinite and Eternal. I invoke thename of God for lack of a better term, for there is none.

of 180

For those of you who are unable to either grasp or appreciate a Divine perspective itmakes no difference in the telling or the understanding of what is expressed in thispaper for the humanitarian resurrection of Humankind which has become the death ofte spirit of or shared purpose in the spirit of such community.

It was an “accident” of creation from out of the never moved or to be moved, InfiniteLatent Mystic or the IS state of God (nothing), as the Beyond the Beyond. WHIM thatis URGE issued forth from the latent mystic, as the Duality of the Everything and theNothing both infinite and the Nothing, expressed in the most finite, the finite residingwithin the infinite and not the other way around.

This is a revelation given to us by Baba which in one stroke completes the explanationof the finite Universe coming into being. See Infinite Intelligence

This Duality exists as the Beyond state of God as the Light and its shadow darknesswhich I refer to as light. The very light which is Universe contained within theParamatma (Oversoul) of the Beyond God state which evolved simultaneously from thenothing.

The nothing (IS state) not to be confused with the infinite Nothing which is expressingduality as the infinitesimal, Universe, contained within the Paramatma.

Our original eternal souls were condensed and precipitated from the Nothing which isthe actual impulsive imagination of God and does not represent Reality but is thedream of reality existing as the Maya or Grand Illusion we call Nature.

Why or how could any of this be important, is for our shared purpose andmeaning which is the reason I write this paper and none other.

I do not seek to teach or constrain or deceive or lecture or cajole the reader, but rather Iseek to convince those who have come this far that there is a real and true purpose ofour existence that is Universal in its scope and Eternal in design as the actualsignificance of Humankind.

Even though nature is just an imagining of an infinite Being does not mean we are justa dream and nothing more which often leads individuals into an existential funk ordepression of soul for the meaning of existence is lost on the finite ego mind whobelieves their intellectual prouse is capable of understanding the ontology of existenceand being without the notion of God. I always tell these folks, good luck with that idea!

This misguided impression even brought us the school of existentialism and reinforcedthe position of the school of atheists which I have no quarrel with but which practice

of 180

denys real meaning and purpose lost in more imagination of finite ego mind. I saybelieve what you will, always, and knowledge will come.

It is no accident that the Duality is natural for there was no consciousness to propose asubstitute at first Light. However, this nature which we worship as natural creatures ofthe evolutionary process and realty have not come willy nilly from chaos to simply bereturned to chaos.

There is an order to nature any dolt may perceive if one simply lives within the embraceof the natural state of our planet. This order derives from the Infinite Intelligence as thebest fit phenomena that infused anything that moves in persistent finite time.

Some call this the Teleological Argument as the nature of Being as Saint ThomasAquinas' Five Ways, inspired from the works of Plato and Aristotle. Aristotle describedthe urge as the unmoved mover, imparting change to nature. Doctor Einstein describedthe urge as persistent time, relativity in motion as space/time.

Parvardigar governs all such phenomenon in processes and in relativistic time throughthe Infinite Intelligence as Mercy and Grace for the sustainment and preservation of allin equal portion (best fit). All these divine imaginings being completely illusory but forcause to enlighten us to our own essence.

We evolved from this process as the condensation and precipitation of light into solidforms as matter, governed by the proper arrangement of endless tiny movements (bestfit) of such light reflections that expresses the need to know or observe lights ownreflective nature, driven by the most first original URGE to do so.

One could say we are an experiment of nature itself. The very fact of motion insustained illusionary reality or relativity is proof of the significance of life anddemonstrates to us what we are for.

We are here to study everything in a loving state of being, period.

We are curious beings, like a cat, if it moves we want to see what it is and how it workshaving lost most of the desire of monkeys to tear everything apart to see what it is andthen on to the next thing. We must deny ourselves the urge to destruct and replace itwith the urge to create and serve, both ourselves and all others as our own true Self.

I am fond of reading the conversations between Albert Einstein and Neils Bohr aboutthe epistemological difficulty and how this applies to hard science by measurement andobservation which are the processes of science.

of 180

This view is where the human point of view or man’s subjective view point is minimizedby experimentation and statistical analysis of findings to establish lasting hypotheses tobe repeatedly tested over time.

Einstein believed there is an Universal Intelligence and Bohr thought everything derivesfrom natural processes from where, no one knows, including Neils Bohr. Chaos theorystates that there is order in chaos and this order is the best fit for matter in motion.

One could say nature is lazy in a sense. I agree with both points of view and candemonstrate why I do.

It took centuries to discover science due to our very nature which is to be empirical andincapable of the objectivity required for pure science. Humans are both a priori and aposteriori creatures by design as the outcome of evolution.

This empirical experience means we have an inner condition of mind that is removedfrom the exterior world we perceive through our senses.

Emmanuel Kant thought that it is impossible to prove the exterior world existsindependent of the mind and that all of our behaviors must be guided by thecategorical imperative of ethical understanding and moral behavior.

In this dialectic, all such behavior is governed by the notion that, we do not do anythingto another that we would not wish to be done to us, where much of society is organizedto, do unto others and cut out. See the Critique of Pure Reason, by Immanuel Kant.

This is great as long as you aren’t a nihilistic sociopath who could care less aboutanyone else because they really do not exist outside the individual anyhow. I wouldsuggest these individuals attempt to exist without food and water and see how far thisdead philosophy gets one.

I am a pragmatic idealist who acts upon those notions that work in the a posteriori worldof the senses while driven by those ethical restraints of the categorical imperative ofKant and Jesus Christ for that matter, amounting to the same behaviors to serve otherswithout “payment” and/or gain. Well, why should I behave that way because if I do,people will just use me, philosophy!

I have little time for those who consciously are Liars and push Hate for the effect andaffect of Fear, folks of limited mental capacity often migrate toward, looking for the truththey are unwilling or unable to find within themselves.

This dead end nihilistic philosophy is anti science and knowledge and is only useful as

of 180

a contrast for more enlightened notions of reality.

I am stating knowledge is possible both a priori (subjective) and a posteriori (objective)when properly combined and appreciated. I don’t even care if there is an external worldor an interior world for anything that moves is an illusion in the first place and is notwhat I refer to as Realization or Liberation which both require the experience of infiniteconsciousness.

Interestingly, true Knowledge is only possible in the human being because we are ofboth head and heart and/or intellect and compassion and even Love from the Longingthat draws us to receive and give such love in return. Is this Mystical in some manner? Sure it is as it is the mystery of life its self and available to only the intrepid aspirant.

We are naturally equipped to fathom this mystery successfully but for the desire to besomebody or something we are not, due to the sanskaras and/or impressions that hangabout us like the dust around Pig-Pen from Charlie Brown fame.

The notions of sanskaras are from the Sanskrit of the ancient Hindu philosophy andcosmogony of Brahman and the Universe as the Grand Illusion, Maya. Meher Babahas much to say about sanskaras and the ridding or unbinding of these impressions,wound during evolution, from our consciousness. Reference found here:

http://www.avatarmeherbaba.org/erics/sansk.html

Everything binds, everything gives a sense of "I." Whatever you aspire tobinds. — Meher Baba LOVE ALONE PREVAILS, Kitty Davy, p. 189 1981 © AMBPPCT

What exactly is infinite knowledge anyway? To have it is to know it but this truth is notsufficient for others to rely upon in their quest for knowledge and isn’t intellectually oremotionally satisfying to anyone. Let’s look at the problem in this way.

Say, you, as an individual, were to suddenly possess or have all the Knowledge in theUniverse of universes extending even to the infinity of the Paramatma and existing asboth the False and Real Infinite Intelligence in the Duality of the Everything (Real) andthe Nothing (False) and even the infinitesimal as Universe which is the outcome of theinfinite False Nothing, not to be confused with nothing, which is the infinite Reality, theSelf and IS state?

Anyway, you suddenly know all things in some manner short of the living experience ofthe God-Man, Lord Baba.

This actually means you may know whatever it is your wish to know about anything andbecause of this fact of this existence you determine that the arrangement of all youknow is just so, to allow all things to exist simultaneously with any small or large thing

of 180

you wish to access for study.

Because everything impinges upon everything else all the time, the actual arrangementof such infinite knowledge is strictly dependent upon the arrangement of every otherthing, both infinitely and eternally, in Illusion and in Reality.

By seeing or knowing to concentrate upon any specific aspect of such immenseinfinities is to take the responsibility for doing so upon ones personal self, knowing fullwell that the principle of best fit applies and is strictly governed by Parvardigar (Vishnu)the Preserver and Protector of all as the fountainhead of Mercy and its Grace fallingfrom heaven as a gentle rain upon everything evenly.

Avatar Meher Baba is this same Being, Parvardigar. The Avatar indicated thatSadgurus in past universes have simply dissolved the entire universe simply because ithad become unbalanced, fundamentally, and was no longer viable.

Such majesty and beauty occupy the consciousness of such a being where all remainsin balance and most natural, not wishing to intrude upon the peace or course of anyother moving or unmoving part, in natural perfection.

It behooves all of us to deeply respect the viability of life, which we as a species havethrown out the window in the last century or two due to Greed.

At times, I have pushed the boundaries of this natural balance seeking to know thingsprematurely. I wouldn’t recommend doing it often or for selfish reasons.

It is like abusing the powers of the 3 and 4 planes of consciousness in the Subtlerd th

World and its Sphere to impress another with an ability that is of the Magic Show likeraising the dead (4 Plane infinite power) or walking on the waters (3 Plane power)th rd

unless you are the Avatar or assigned to such a function by the Infinite Intelligence todo so.

This, of course, brings up the idea of Infinite Power which simply states that if one hasa perfect rose plucked in ones’ hand and that hand has all the power in the universeand Paramatma, why then is such a one incapable of crushing that rose in the palm ofthe hand holding the artifact of evolution, so perfect and beautiful to behold?

Due to the best fit phenomenon of the Infinite Knowledge, it is only possible orreasonable to sustain the existence of the time that provides the space for such aflower to sprout, grow, blossom and die to be blown away into dust that the InfinitePower provides to the existence of the Infinite Impulsive Imagination of the Intelligencethat created the infinitesimal (Universe as Nothing) to experience the Everything

of 180

completely, one little flower at a time.

Case in point, I personally levitated a carpet sweeper about one foot off a floor and itstartled me so much I jumped to grab the handle of the sweeper and it fell and I couldactually feel the connection between my mind and that sweeper and when theconnection was broken.

The snap back from the breaking of the connection hurt my back for years and I neverattempted such a thing again. I know I could do it and many other things I suppose,but, for what purpose?

I would much rather know the mechanism that brought our Universe into existence thanlift a planet or a sun and throw it across the galaxy or bring a bird I hit in a car back tolife or heal my back or anything else of Power.

As the aspirant passes through the Subtle planes of consciousness, look neither leftnor right, steady on across each subtle plane, one naturally encounters, to scale thenext mountain range and cross the next subtle plane before one, until released from theedge of the 4 plane, intruding into the Mental World Sphere, to go again. th

To, then, rid one of the impressions that hide the Fifth Plane, the abode of the Angels,sublime, trudging on to where the transparent gossamer veils of the Sixth Plane ofconsciousness remain, the Home of the Archangels both within the Mental World andits Sphere.

Some of these beings were very kind to me at one point of my seeking, one inparticular, whom I still feel in some manner.

There are six major planes of consciousness and the final seventh plane with personalawareness or no awareness and each of the first four planes are divided into additionalsubtle formations in the subtle realm and fine formations in the formations in the mentalrealm. I have tried to count these subtle and fine planes and have failed to do it justice.

Such impressions all requiring eradication of the personal finite ego mind, thus,impressed as one successfully passes each in its turn and not to be hurried in youractions or desires as the involution of our consciousnesses.

It is the arising of new impressions out of old impressions that continues to bind themind in the finite, not having a position to see all as from above to thus discriminate andstop the imagination from creating additional sanskaric impressions as if in a wakingdream. When the mind sleeps upon awakening the impressions do not carry forwardas they do when we are awake.

of 180

This is referred to in Buddhism as taming the Bull or the quieting of mind for thecontinuous arising of new thoughts or sanskaras, all such forms being purely illusory. Once the Sunyata of emptiness is located as the consciousness that observersconscious thoughts, the mind or Bull is your’s to ride along the Way of the aspirant untilnothing arises and the mind becomes no-mind. This requires real concentrated work.

The seventh plane of consciousness existing at the threshold between the finite andinfinite and for most, difficult to pass over and even sitting in a Majzoob trance state forlong periods of time, not eating or drinking such as did Qutub Sai Baba of Shirdi, priorto Realization, while living in a cave, unmoved.

The seventh plane having very fine distinctions between the Mukti of Liberation and theRealization of the infinite undifferentiated One while retaining awareness of the Gross,Subtle and Mental World Spheres and planes of consciousness as the Illusion, Maya.

The mind, now void and empty of even vacuum. It is a real place that permeateseverything that moves in infinite consciousness which contains the infiniteunconsciousness as One, beyond the Duality. Few tread here.

When the angels are located and you receive more subtle information than you maywish to handle on the edge of the Fourth Plane of consciousness between the Subtleand Mental realms, the Mental World’s additional fine planes of consciousness arebefore you. The Angels and their Sphere on the Fifth Plane of consciousness lead offin the direction of the Sixth Plane of consciousness of the Sphere or realm of theArchangels.

This transition between states or planes between the fourth and fifth planes being themost dangerous for each soul that passes. Abuse your powers here at your soul’speril.

The fine veils give way to the final challenge for the final eradication of the finite egomind. Here, in this lonely spot, most fine, between the sixth and seventh planes, thetruth looms before the seeker and the inevitable conclusion is reached that the finiteego mind, so tenaciously hanging on, must go and go completely.

This exercise to find and fuse with what is sought as the Devine Love and the Longingfor, has brought us.

This going or dying is Liberation in nirvan as nirvikalpa samadhi without individuality orby continuing on, sometimes in the next life, for the Sahaj Samadhi of the ImmortalInfinite Individuality of the Perfect Master, Qutub, Sadguru and/or Man-God. Masterexplains these fine fana most pleasantly.

of 180

Those souls who are Liberated have their egoistic minds annihilated. Those who take birth againretain their minds. And those souls who, after Liberation, return to normal consciousness, haveUniversal minds.

22 July 1925,Meherabad,GM p54

The one as aspirant or pilgrim or disciple must die completely to enter the realm of theSeventh Plane of consciousness. This dying is a joyous process, after all, and the endof a journey which was purely illusory. The birthing into this death of mind is often verydifficult to accomplish, but not always.

Once experienced, Bliss is the reward. A stone experienced as God and having noessential differences, describe this state of consciousness, most pleasant. Bliss isDivine Love once sought and now experienced eternally with individuality as the mostwilling servant of all.

Such beings having the experience of infinite knowledge, infinite power and infiniteBliss where the Avatar experiences Infinite Knowledge, Infinite Power and Infinite Blissas the Ancient of Days, Rasool and God-Man and other terms such as Lord or Christi.

Such attainments amounting to nothing as the Sadguru sees no difference between astone or God as all is truly One as the nothing which has never moved but persists asmotion in the illusion of persistent time, all forms the Illusion, Maya, both suchness andvoidness (emptiness) experienced as Reality and Self eternal.

Human beings are like a crop to be harvested according to their individual Longing forUnion as the perfect vehicle for the Realization to manifest, and this is only a small partof humans purpose.

The actual purpose, to produce trillions of self perfecting souls or atmans to eventuallyre-coalesce in the Infinite Dream State of all viable universes to come forth to obtain theexhaustion of the infinity of the false Nothing in actual infinitesimal experientialexperience through eternity to Infinity Squared (Law) .

Such state, even unknown to God, has never been exhaustively experienced. I willsimply say if you are alone, absolutely alone, would you not seek Companionship andto locate or find your equal where you are One and Everything already.

Think about this most carefully as the core knowledge of the Infinite Latent Mystic

of 180

(Beyond the Beyond God). The discrimination of thinking is a noble path.

There is a huge preponderance of both spiritual and scientific knowledge that supportsmy conclusions and something quite apart from the Night of Brahman or the nothing asthe Beyond the Beyond God or even that essence of such Divinity in the Beyond theBeyond which remains unexpressed as the Latent Infinite Mystic not to be confusedwith the infinite unconsciousness.

This is rather a manifestation of such a Mystic presence un-manifest were the Sadguruis both infinitely conscious and infinitely unconscious at once such as in deep sleep, yetwide awake. I will get to the science.

This is actually the main quest of all who seek Knowledge itself in the completemanifestation of the Real Infinite Intelligence not yet manifest or un-manifest but inwaiting potentiality waiting for its actors and audience.

This is the core or crux of what I thought about as a child from three to seventeenwhere everyone around me was totally unaware of what I was thinking for the mostpart. The point being we are our own master and the bull to be tamed in one, andwithout discipline of the highest order of dedication there is little result. Knowing this Iset to work most earnestly and worked and I still am, doing just that, working inwardly.

I am somewhat fortunate for I know a few souls who actually understand this calling,practicing their versions quite successfully.

This is your immediate purpose, here on Earth and it is to serve others as you wish tobe served without regard to your own sensitivities to your finite ego which must beovercome for the awakening of real and true knowledge, available to all.

Further, as one advances there is help available which will seek you out on the innerplanes and when required finds you by the degree of your Longing for Union as yourown Master.

Normally, a Master is required to assist one across the last abys for Realization andeven the Liberation which often portends the Realization of the Self, God. Choose yourMaster carefully and when you feel ready, as God directs their acceptance or rejectionof a disciple.

Mankind, or as I prefer in this New Age, Humankind as the individuals we appear to beare really original fragments of the most first movement and, thus we carry the seed ofEverything within our very soul (atmas or atmans). We are imbued with the OriginalWHIM and its URGE to know who we are, and we are in potentiality literally Everything.

of 180

This will may be used to bind or to free ourselves from the Illusion of separateness wemust suffer due to the Duality that ensued from the first radiance from out of the OmPoint and from the most first Word, NAD. And here lies the Mystery for the Mystic tounravel. I will say much more concerning this process of choice and its fruits orwickedness.

Master had this to say about Knowledge among many other things:

KNOWLEDGE AND IMAGINATION

Meher Baba On the one hand, Divine Knowledge (Dnyan or Marefat) is a thing which cannot be had evenafter going through numberless forms for countless ages; and on the other hand, when it comes, itcomes. It would not be correct to say that Knowledge comes quickly. To say that it comessuddenly, or that it comes unawares and so on still does not correctly express the "Flash ofBecoming" which is beyond description, because Knowledge is beyond the range of imagination.

Imagination has a tremendous range and an almost unlimited scope and man has a very strongimagination. For example, it would not be impossible for a man to imagine a rat having a millionheads. The whole world is created and carried on by the force of the imagination. But in spite ofbeing apparently unlimited, imagination reaches the limit when checked by Knowledge itself. Bythe power of imagination no man can ever understand or explain the beginningless beginning orthe endless end. In other words, Eternity is beyond the reach of all imagination, and Knowledgeis Knowledge of Eternity.

God is without beginning and without end, and there can never be any question of time and spacein Infinity as, otherwise, that would mean a limitation against God's infinitude. No amount ofimagination can, therefore, ever think of Infinity, because where there is no beginning, the veryquestion as to what was in the beginning cannot arise at all.

Thus, the most powerful mind in imagination is entirely helpless against Knowledge, because itcomes only after all power of imagination is completely and absolutely exhausted and ended. Forimagination to go, mind must go; and for Knowledge to come, consciousness must remain. Onlywhen the mind disappears does consciousness get freed of all imaginary "this and that" and "Iand you." The moment consciousness is freed from all imagination, this "consciousness ofnothing" is all at once transformed into the "Knowledge of Everything," i.e., Dnyan or Marefat.

For example, let us repeat that before God, there was God, and before that, there was God, andbefore that there was God; or repeat that after God, is God, and after that, God is, and after thatGod is: and all this would convey nothing to the imagination. That is why Knowledge is said tobe even beyond the reach of Rishis and Munis (the advanced Saints). Hafiz also advises againstthe futility of trying to catch the "Falcon" of Knowledge when he says that nothing but"emptiness" can ever come in the "net of imagination."

of 180

THE PATH OF LOVE, pp. 39-41, ed. Filis Frederick 1986 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

What the Significance of the Infinitesimal Means

God Speaks by Meher Baba addresses the most first movement very well, of course. Long before I read God Speaks, I was hard at it, trying very much to grasp the firstmoments and what was prior to the most first movement.

I loved, deeply, contemplating what I came to call the Infinite Latent Mystic of the Pre-personal state of God. Why, because I could and I still do and always will. The Avatarhas said that gravity itself is the outcome of Love which is God.

The Beyond the Beyond State of God, really has never moved nor will it ever move andyet this deep Mystic Infinity moves all that moves, existing even prior to the first word,NAD or Naad (Sanskrit) when there had never been a sound vibration uttered andnothing had really not moved.

The Om Point now delivers a near infinity of atmas and/or universes from out of theInfinite Latent Pre-personal Mystic, still unmoved, in the perfect vacuum of the InfiniteAbsolute Potentiality which IS That Mystic. The delivery mechanism being the mostfirst WHIM as URGE to express “Who am I.” This is God in the Beyond state, bothmanifest and un-manifest.

This essence of the extant God is imprinted upon the infinitesimal by the Devine Lightas the triple tetrahedral triangle where the four dimensions of our reality as light werecreated or evolved from and the first expression of the False Duality that willaccomplish the final synthesis of everything, exhausting the infinity of the False Nothingexpressed as motion by the existence of the infinitesimal, Universe.

All things and forms stream from this infinite Ocean of nothingness from the unlimitedOM Point. Aristotle called this Mystic the “unmoved mover” so it is known to scholarsfor thousands of years, even, long before the Greeks.

This URGE moved to transcend its own state of infinity which is infinity squared notknowing or having any awareness that this is the effect of the WHIM to Be at inception

of 180

as the first Word, NAD.

I would imagine it did not require a good deal of creation occurring as forms andsuchness to arrive at this fact of creation, even though God remains One. I liken thisconundrum to Pandora’s Box being opened and but one method of closure, to squareinfinity through eternity by and in the finite, Universe.

By the way, I am no fan of ontology simply because of what IS. Folks need to get pastthe contemplation of being because they are, being, for God’s sake. It is like gettingover the fact that the White Man is not the end all and be all of creation which we whitemen so often exhibit in belief and manner (behavior) as we have slaughtered our wayaround the world for tens of thousands of years and as the most junior race, to boot.

It is rarely a good idea to directly interfere in the natural flow of things by a Master for todo so causes changes in the fabric of time/space and space/time which in turn causeadditional changes to the formation and recession of forms placed within the flow tohave specific outcomes in much later interactions of the Illusion.

One could say, well, this should make no difference in the scheme of things as it allmust play out discreetly, anyway, which may be true but due to such actions, justprolongs the inevitable, anyhow, even though time and space fabrics are entirelyIllusional.

This is exactly the reason time travel will remain impossible for many more phasetransitions to come, where, travel by bending space/time and time/space might bepossible. They are not the same thing. The first involving the movement of everythingeffected back to a prior state and the other involving the warping and bending of thespaces and/or times surrounding a machine or Master.

If a Master chooses to reach into the schema and tweak the works it is become aUniversal decision of great import and expected where it occurs in the stream of illusorytime and space and/or space and time. Even whole universes and the creation itselfhas been entirely suspended by a Master back to the Night of Brahmin.

This may not, strictly speaking, allay every concern or question with regard to the use ofthe Knowledge of Power but it is shown to go a along way, for to the best of myknowledge, the Avatar did not use His Power to change anything, using rather theessence of Power, Knowledge, to do His bidding.

I spend zero time on the use of Power in the Subtle World and Sphere as such use,tough inevitable, has little to do with Knowledge other than being a magic side showwhich makes folks like Babaji feel better or something. This pivot point is said to be thefirst awareness of Real Knowledge. See Attachments: Statements

of 180

Such experience merely extends the false experience of Illusion even if new worlds anduniverses are created from their behaviors. I find words to be much more satisfying aswords may actually help others to locate their Self.

It is said that the aspirant - pilgrim - disciple must have a Perfect One to remove thefinal veil or the fana fillah of Forgetfulness, to Liberate and/or Realize an atman. Well,that seeker of Everything must be ready, as well, and in very rare instances such actionis delivered by the seeker knowing they are the Sought (Self); and by what hastranspired, sometimes, long ago to kindle such Longing in the heart that achieves suchthings by the force of their Will, alone, having the Push long before to do so from aMaster.

We do not live in a vacuum of indifference despite what the senses often heed andobserve.

The Avatar made, at least, one soul Perfect in His image by His Will and does so eachtime he visits Home every 700 to 1400 years for the last 84 million years for the sake ofHumankind. I don’t know if Baba lovers or anyone knows who this person or thesepersons are.

Also, I am unaware who played the role of Judas or Judah during this last Advent. TheAvatar being a strange and mysterious being, come to us much as an alien and beingmore Human than humans or ourselves. Think about that irony.

Sometimes, I think the Lord carries some guilt for our retched condition having workedso very long to alleviate our pain and ignorance. We have never responded to hisMercy and Grace much to preoccupied with suffering and finding methods forincreasing our suffering. We Humans tend to shoot our selves in the foot, daily.

I have said a great deal about the a priori empirical method of acquiring knowledge asthe inner process it remains in connection with experience of the a posteriori worldexperience, and not so much about hard science which I will fill in some detail in asegment concerning the infinitesimal and how the Universe sprang forth into the threeand four dimensional Worlds and Spheres we know, Gross, Subtle and Mental andtime.

The question that has always arisen is how and why we exist at all, for none may seethe where we derive from at the most first motion which began the clock of eternity,both as the infinite and the finite, simultaneously, the Duality, Unified in and by God.

The Eternity, beyond time exists as the Infinity. Though, the OM point certainly begansomething that had never existed before the actuality of WHIM, the URGE produced. There is, in fact, such an event and the finite relativistic notion of time is present. Time

of 180

is the force of change and motion being the carrier force that describes the passage oftime.

Duality was the immediate outcome of motion or radiance for the infinite andinfinitesimal occurred at once and there was no pre-knowledge of this event. Thisphase transition from nothing to Everything and Nothing represents a time differentialbetween what is from what was, and may not be denied by God or man.

This is a fundamental truth of Eternity, just as is the fact that the infinitesimal resideswithin the infinite and where infinity is not to be found in the infinitesimal except by theexhaustion of the infinity through the infinitesimal by evolutionary creation througheternity. The infinitesimal thinking it is infinite, created Universe from this ignorance ofSelf.

The Duality being infinite and the finite being a mirrored image of the infinite, upsidedown and backwards, literally. This becomes important in the discussion of antimatterand what it is and how it operates in the discussions ahead.

I have pointed out that God had nothing to do with this Natural event as both the infiniteand finite where latent within the Primordial Latent Mystic that had the WHIM and/orURGE to move, thus, forming the NAD/OM Point of unlimited expression, the Duality ofthe infinite and infinitesimal.

If I were God, I think I would say darn or shucks or something. There is a deeper truthconcealed here which I will try to reveal from our human point of view and not our God’spoint of view which is Infinite and Eternal.

However, the infinite when the infinite radiated Light was infinite, instantly, where theOM Point began from the most finite point possible, despite the unlimited infinity thatissues forth, was itself (finite), the actual mirrored reflection of the infinite upon thefinite which eventually produced Universe from the infinitesimal, now speeding back tojoin infinity, while appearing or thinking imaginatively it is already, infinite.

This is the Great Mystery of Duality which will have a long run, lasting an eternity bynecessity. This is actually what occurred and it may not be said that God createdeverything for it isn’t true. The Avatar, Himself, has pointed this fact out on numerousoccasions which I will try to chronicle in an appendix at the end of this paper, Godwilling.

When I read what the Master said of such things, I was greatly relieved as this isexactly what I had arrived at in the silence of my mind long before I actually knew whoor where He was in Life.

of 180

This proved to me the idea that such knowledge is here for the taking, if the mind iswilling to receive information that the Self is One. It proves this well spring is availableto all equally but that they simply drink and drink deeply.

This essential insight or prajna and flow, united all I know in a synthesis of harmoniesand epiphanies and redoubled my appreciation of the art of pure science whichpurpose is to take such hypothesis and prove them to be true or false over time; justas most of the formulations have proven to be correct in the ideas of Albert Einsteinwhich is a good thing and forms much of the basis for my notions of what and howUniverse forms.

So, let’s describe Universe as a scientific process which means we are able to firsthypothesize and then, over time, determine such hypothesis to be correct or incorrectuntil refined again by some other deep thinker.

Universe from out of the Infinitesimal

The Creation began from the WHIM and its URGE to know what it IS. The IS state ofGod remains unmoved as the Beyond the Beyond God. The URGE produced the NADand associated OM point from the most infinitesimal point and through this point ofincidence, two things occurred simultaneously, one being infinite and one being mostfinite, the Duality contained in One Unity.

There is no paradox in this fact of the most first motion or movement in time. Bothstates manifested at once and having no pre-knowledge or awareness of such event.

The infinite radiated as Light and the finite radiated as light which is to say, the Lightsees light as its own self, Light, leaving light divided from its own infinity, yet behavingas if it were Infinite. Thus, began the Duality of the Everything and the Nothing, theNothing being a false copy of Everything in the following manner.

The Infinite Light radiated exactly zero meters, as once Light was, it was Infinite andthere was no point to radiate to or from as it was already Infinite, the Everything.

The light being the perfect reflection of the Everything as the False Nothing behaved asif it is radiating to fill a void simply because it is most infinitesimal though acting orbehaving as if it were infinite.

The Everything is governed by the Infinite Intelligence immediately as it IS Everything

of 180

and the False Nothing which radiated as light and a perfect copy of Everything, also, isgoverned by the False Infinite Intelligence.

The Infinite Light is actually equal to light squared or c^2. The same light behaving as ifit were radiating into void, also being potentially infinite by such radiance, remains lightor c. Light radiates light as Light not distinguishing speed as speed is a function offinite creation which has no place in Infinity as such.

About the only thing I know about the Infinite Light is the light of our universe is thefurniture of the innumerable beings that inhabit the Beyond state of God and is seen asLight. Well, I know one or two things about this Infinity, I guess.

I don’t think most physicists are much involved in the notion of the speed of lightsquared as something that is extant and available for study if we could just locatewhere this phenomenon of Light exists beyond the study of light traveling at relativisticspeeds in vacuum and near vacuum as universe.

The light then did something very predictable if there were any thing to predict which isquite unlikely. The light as c continued with what the WHIM/URGE had caused light todo from inception, for light did not radiate as did Light (Infinite).

The Light (c^2) filled infinity instantly and light (c) seeks to fill the finite, instantly, whichwill not occur because it, the light, is finite, yet behaving as if it were infinite, never-the-less, expanding and approaching as red and blue shifted light. Universe being a finitestate composed of time/space, first, and then space/time as we experience relativity,second.

And, here, is where Universe is born, from out of the most finite point of non-radiatingcold dark light as the shadow of Light, darkness. This is not to be confused with theOM Point but rather as the False Image of the OM Point, always seeking the most finiteinfinitesimal, universe, which the WHIM and its URGE moved to create to know what orwho it was, the Duality.

The light that radiates as cold light becoming as small (infinitesimal) as is physicallypossible to actually become and could then become no more infinitesimal, this lightbottomed out as a singularity of primordial mass but indeterminate as c (299,792, 458m / s) in perfect absolute vacuum which is very cold at zero degrees or absolute zeroand is not kinetic as there where no particles waves to radiate about. The was no placeto radiate within, quite literally.

When the cold non-radiating light (c) always becoming smaller or more finite bottomedout, possibly at the juncture of the Infinite radiant Light (c^2) and the finite cold light,Infinite and finite) it immediately rebounded or reflected back upon its own inflow and

of 180

kinetically radiated for the most first time, literally. Light has no heat until reflected asinfrared energy. This was the start of the universal clock of relativistic time for, now, itwas dimensional.

The non-radiating cold light represents primordial mass which was initially set in placeas a singularity when the inflow of cold light rebounded upon its own state and radiatedback upon its own properties. This reflection causing an ignition sequence to progress.So, cold potential light being struck by hot radiating light was the ignition of the, socalled, Big Bang event, prior to Planck time and space.

This was a low yield initial explosion for now there were only the one dimensionalprimordial state of cold light and the first two dimensional radiated state as there was nothree dimensional relativistic reality present as yet.

This initial ignition set the cold potential light into a one dimensional singularity as thislight collided as both cold and hot states of the same light. The light that radiated fromthe inward flow of cold potentiality was the first radiate energy to occur in universe as atwo dimensional line or string, thus, producing the first one and two dimensionalobjects in universe, time now running forward by the facts and acts of physics.

This process was and is purely thermal dynamic as there is no cold in motion withouthot in motion and visa versa. This fact exists even in the heart of stars and the smallestatom. This process is the thermonuclear necessity for sustained evolution as energy inthermal equilibrium that all energy seeks to achieve, everywhere, in relativity.

One dimensional time/space is null and void, not having a second or third dimension toradiate within and remains such (perfect black body - Kirchhoff, 1870) but with collectedcold dark mass as pure potentiality void and without the restrictions of Planck’s threeexceptions.

It is not correct to use the terms sphere or surface or radiation or scattering fordimension other than zero point vacuum, having no dimensional properties orattributes, remaining most infinitesimal. This is both geometry and physics, residingperfectly in the realm of visualizations. The zero point null vacuum being purepotentiality in stasis, quiescent.

Immediately upon radiating from literally bottoming out and igniting the inflow as theinitial charge of the Big Bang process, this same radiant two dimensional light, nowkinetic, sought to return to its original quiescence of absolute vacuum at absolute zero.

This two dimensional light as a string, soon to exist as many strings, failed to return toquiescence as the just newly formed one dimensional singularity, repelled the twodimensional kinetic light, not seeking to radiate by its very nature, thus behaving as an

of 180

antigravity force, where the gravity force is the attraction of radiating kinetic energy(light) seeking to return to absolute vacuum, and quiescence.

The universe exists to fill a vacuum, behaving as if it is Infinite by doing so.

The two dimensional light string seeking to return to a one dimensional object (perfectblack body) exploded again much as a tertiary primordial nuclear process and accountsfor the reheating phenomenon of the first Planck measurements.

Additionally, this third process, from out of zero state to a one dimensional, then twodimensional and, now, as three dimensional process by describing a perfect triangle(tetrahedron) becomes the first of three, tetrahedral processes, of universe formation.

Our space/time fabric only exists due to the properties and attributes of the InfiniteKnowledge, Infinite Power and Infinite Bliss (presence) which were imprinted as theinfinite Light (c^2) upon the perfect triangle created by the Big Bang processes.

Then, the coequal, instantaneous production of the time/space fabric (one and twodimensional), reflecting the Universal Absolute, Unqualified Absolute and QualifiedAbsolute from light squared and another perfect triangle.

And, the resulting instantaneous imprint of the properties and attributes of Light asCreator (Brahma), Sustainer (Vishnu) and Destroyer (Shiva) inherent in the image ofLight (Everything) as the False Nothing in relativity as Universe in potential and kineticstates of light, another perfect triangle, where motion is the Game, Maya, the Great orGrand Illusion where all three perfect triangles behave As One, seamlessly andperfectly in harmony.

These nine properties and attributes of reflected and mirrored Infinity are nowrepresented in relativistic space/time (matter) as the triple tetrahedral triangle thatspins and tumbles around the time/space core object and two dimensional antimatterreflections, all time phased and separated from these real properties of Infinity, seekingto return to quiescence and zero point null void potentiality in pure absolute vacuum.

If not in a moving, perfecting balance, in three dimensions, and the fourth force of timeas motion, universe is not possible as a flat universe. Flat Universe (zero curvature)defined with a 0.4% margin of error, denotes infinite in scope for evolving relativisticinfinitely as pure impulsive imagination. See Wikipedia, Shape of the Universe

Thus, the dimensions of universe formation are separated by actual time, where timebecomes a force and the force carrier is motion with time dilation in the threedimensions. Time/space formed first in one and then two dimensions followed closely

of 180

by space/time in three dimensions and the first primordial atom in Planck time anddistance as the primordial particles associated from motion itself, as one, two and threein the fourth dimension of time.

This first atom having a natural barrier separating the three stages of light in discreetdimensions where the second stage of light (two dimensional) reflects what the thirdstage of light (three dimensional) is radiating, making a mirrored copy or image ofantimatter as inverted copies of protons, neutrons and electrons existing asantiparticles with the same mass and opposite charge.

The second stage of ignition or third stage of ignition if we consider the cold lightinfinitesimal bottoming out as an ignition causing the rebound and the reboundreturning upon its ignition is the third dimension which is, likewise, repelled by the coreobject (one dimensional) as singularity that does not radiate, yet has mass, set in placethree times by the tertiary formation process. This process much like fission, fusion,fission in a hydrogen device of our own making.

The object exists within each three dimensional atom of space/time as time/space darkmatter in one dimension and two dimensional light strings which reflect threedimensional light, reversed and upside down we have named antimatter. I think we arenow able to make antimatter much more easily than it could be made in the past.

The truth of the matter, antimatter existed prior to matter as the first radiant light stringsof the second dimension and was not in equal proportion to matter when matter formedand encapsulated the radiant light strings and object and reheated the Big Bangprocess and reality by annihilating with excess light string mass matter (space/time andthree dimensional) did not form around as atom.

This phenomena is likely seen in the WMAP images as perturbations of polarizedmagnetic flux and what passes for gravitons in NASA's Wilkinson Microwave AnisotropyProbe experiment or the BICEP (Background Imaging of Cosmic ExtragalacticPolarization) at the South Pole (Antarctica).

Unlike Dr. Einstein and many astrophysicists of our day who think there must be acarrier for the force of gravity, the graviton, I rejected this idea when I first heard of it inthe late fifties. The reason being gravity is ubiquitous and not requiring some forcecarrier to move its properties and attributes around.

There are no gravitons, per se, as the atom is extant as the whole process and realityof Gravitation in one closed operation distributed or shared between all atoms equallymuch as an entanglement of force and carrier in one. Gravity appearing weak due tothe repulsive antigravity effect upon the matter attracting back to quiescence as theforce gravity.

of 180

These strings, then, operating as two dimensional mirrors, reflecting matter asantimatter which may or may not annihilate with matter, giving mass to masslessphotons (neutrinos) and the boundary layer and precipitating universe, receding andapproaching in red and blue shifted light (c).

The Higgs Field being the boundary layer dimensionally shifted in time as time/spaceantimatter from space/time matter, the dark matter core object being both repulsive andattracting due to its dimensional shift in time and the fact it is the infinitesimal and darkmatter potentiality in one dimension.

I bet physicists think I am nuts or hate me or both, but there is more to the atom thanmeets the eye of even the instruments of the LHC but now must be considered due tothe discovery of the Higgs Mechanism within the Higgs Field.

The, so called, big bang and big crunch explanation of universe from singularity tosingularity, Doctor Hawking postulated some forty odd years ago which I was unawareof until very recently. My Bad!

My explanation independent of any other ideas, based in a Divinity, while sciencedemands purely rational explanations for something that will always be wanting forexplanation in rational academic terms. When the truth is more broadly known,perhaps my ideas will look most rational as they are most rational in Reality.

There are membrane or brane theories and multiple dimensional theories whichdepend on the notion that something has always existed from whence all we observehas arisen. There are notions of supersymmetry and the present running bothdirections in time at once.

While thinkers such as my self have always asked, then, where did the branes comefrom originally or what is it that has just, always, existed or what do you mean bydimensions existing from or in what? And where did the what come from in the firstplace in some sort of infinite regress of Zeno’s mind.

This is a universe from nothing, accounting for all that is observed and conjectured withconsistent consistency.

The Higgs Field and the Higgs Mechanism is the operation of space/time atoms uponthe time/space dimensional operations as an extant particle wave field, thus, proven toexist “tentatively” at the LHC at the CERN. This is the actual boundary layer betweentime dilated dimensions created one from the other as I have suggested.

I have solved the puzzle of gravitation and the how of the boundary layer which allows

of 180

the electromagnetic force and carrier photons to exist due to thermal dynamicproperties inherent between dimensions, how the Weak and Strong forces and carriersare produced from quantum gravity effects due to the flow of current in the boundarylayer.

All, strictly governed by the mass of the contained host (object) in the three dimensionalatom, how the phase transitions determined the higher planes of vibration that allowedour evolution and where the whole process came from and where it is going. Thiswithout making anything up but the truth of Divinity it all sprang from originally. What isabove is equally and faithfully represented below.

I have written several papers of varying quality, concerning this process and reality ofwhich the last scientifically based paper is best for skeptics of my logic and rational,“The Unified Field Theory.”

Here, I am trying to demonstrate how creation and the inevitable evolution of lifeprocess derived from nothingness, not to be confused with the infinite Nothing, thenothing, giving our existence, meaning and purpose.

The nothing being the IS state of the Infinite Latent Pre-personal Mystic, the Beyondthe Beyond God and Ancient of Days embodied as Avatar and now Lord Meher Baba.

If you scientists out there who disdain such references to Divinity, I ask of you, thesame scholarly diligence that I have spent solving he problems of physics, rationally,and for you folks to do the same due diligence in scholarly research to ascertain thevalidity of my arguments.

Human beings must have goals to thrive or they wilt upon the vine of time as bad Wine,vinegar. The Well of the Silent nothing pours excellent Wine when your Cup is emptiedand has no where to go when you have filled it with nasty Wine, such as, “I am sopretty, I am so gay.”

Said universe seeks to expand to infinity as it is the natural course and process suchuniverse was born from and is indicative of the red/blue shift in the observable speed oflight (c) seeking to rejoin the infinite Light (c^2) it behaves as if it is.

The Paramatma (Oversoul) has produced trillions of such universes or will for thepurpose of returning to quiescence when infinity is actually squared in relativisticrealities in the final process of the Infinite Dream state of God and the trillions ofPerfected Beings evolved to complete such work. This being the Knowledgeablepurpose of life as Humankind and no other, despite what is imagined.

of 180

The Universe of universes is actually the second iteration of motion, that is of the FalseNothing, for universe is born from the False infinite Nothing, and seeks to become whatproduced universe from the impetuous of the False Infinite Intelligence, existingrelativistically as the impulsive imagination, Maya and/or Nature.

Currently, the Universe we occupy is on the threshold of another Phase Transition ofwhich there are three in the record, observed, which states produced the Three Realmsof the Mental World Sphere, Subtle World Sphere and Gross World Sphere in thatorder from inception.

These classes of order being peopled or populated by archangels, angels and othercreepy crawly creatures we know are there but rarely observe in the same order ofthings. The higher, again, being as reflected below and all Illusionary.

I imagine there is an order of beings in the infinite False Nothing, prior to Universe, aswell, who are really creepy, like fallen Archangels, believing they are God, such asLucifer and Satan who served Man to teach us skills and profound truths of Naturewhile promoting ignorance of Self.

Rudolf Steiner, the early Twentieth Century Theosophist Mystic writer and lecturer andworld renowned educator often alluded to his somnambulistic-clairvoyance of suchthings that go boo in the night or cause the hair to stand at the nap of our necks. Hewas so incredibly prolific in his art that my meager and simple mind is not large enoughto encompass the breadth of his visions.

I have often wondered where Madam Blavatsky, P. D. Ouspensky, G. I. Gurdjieff

and others procured their esoteric views of reality, having just a sprinkling of the truth toentice the gullible. Gurdjieff being the most authentic and consistent, most likely. I saythis to suggest to folks that all this elaborate esoteric imagining is just that, imaginationand devoid of Knowledge with only smatterings of the genuine article here and there. Itwould be better to read Blake or Shelly for instance.

This Theosophical Tradition was a Longing for the Truth of things and who may faultsuch an ambitious endeavor. I do not know if these folks comprise the notion of genius,but they are most interesting in their works and attitudes. Dr. Eienstein’s favorite bookwas The Secret Doctrine - The Synthesis of Science, Religion and Philosophy,Blavatsky, which he kept by his bed.

This is something that we all feel and wish to understand as if we stand on the shoreand the fog just barely obscures what is upon the sea. This paper attempts to describewhat this yearning within us all is and how it may be used to actually solve the problemof the Longing as a project of us all in shared community. Not unlike the TheosophicalSociety or the Masonic Temple tradition or any religious or sectarian organization which

of 180

seeks to improve our condition.

The difference being a universal sense of community shared amongst all as an effortfor the study of all things in university and completely decentralized and focused onwhat comes next to make it better as we go in that special sense of community shared,everyone knows exactly what that is, now, for we evolved and involved to this point dueto this special Knowledge.

The problem of the Longing being equal in each person for intrinsic meaning from somediscovery and a purposeful method of enhancing the process which allows thediscovery to be made. I firmly believe this purposeful processes method lies with and inshared community. I have never sought to belong to anything other than the Publicwhich is very much an idea of community shared.

Baba wrote a Book, a Secret Book, no one knows where it is and the one that does isnot talking and telling. I wish to live to read this Book of Secrets Revealed as this iswhat all of Humankind has asked of the Father or Universe from our very beginnings.

The “Who am I,” question resonating down through the eons to us and our Longing forUnion with our own true Self oft expressed in nearly 8 billion ways or forms eachmoment of every day. Humans are a curious question mark.

I say this to say what we need to know is available to us as we need it, to grow beyondour notions of self and finite mind impressions. The Why of why we have been kept inthe dark by the Powers of Knowledge that be is the real Mystery to me and it mustcome to an end and soon for us to survive and thrive in Peace and harmony shared incommunity for one and all. Without community there is War.

Master used to commune with various orders of beings, often, and to my knowledgeinvited no on lookers including close Disciples to observe, twice I know of on the top ofthe Eiffel tower and once in Europe some other place, I do not recall but possibly Spainin the country side and at night.

The Persian Sufi Mystic and/or Qutub Poet, Rumi, is said to have entertained some ofthese beings in his home, referred to as the Jinn. I think there are varying degrees ofbenign and less benign beings of universal imagination. Baba states fairies are angels,for instance.

I would tell of such a brief encounter with one such being when I was 10 or elevenyears old but this is not the subject of this paper and it may be found in another paper Iwill publish, The Metaphysical Experiences of Jack Sanders.

of 180

Such beings having no heart or feeling, being mostly mental in their affect and lovingGod, Divine love not being an emotion but an experienced truth acknowledgment asBliss.

I have seen and interacted briefly with such beings on many occasions, all of whichgave me the creeps as I felt no human warmth emanating from them or what ever theyare, what-so-ever, two exceptions noted. I suspect these beings may actually effectand affect humans and our environments and always have. They leave me alone asthey are likely afraid of me and they should be.

Another interesting phenomenon has issued forth from the False Illusion in Universe asa reflection of the real Infinite Intelligence as the false infinite Intelligence of the infiniteNothing which in this universe is described by Albert Einstein as the UniversalIntelligence.

This False Intelligence is better described as the Supreme Being, soon to Phase Sift ortransition to the Supreme God, and in the eons to come will Phase Shift into theUltimate God and then the Absolute God waiting in partial latency, the Absolutes.

This universal evolution is inevitable for the expression of everything in the finite butdoes not diminish the illusory nature of its imaginary existence we refer to as relativisticreality.

Interestingly, when the Ignition occurred and expanded and the contracted upon its ownblast particle/wave as the GUT, very far out in the newly formed and forming time/spaceand space/time fabric, undifferentiated, four concentric rings or haloes tore rifts in thiscombined fabric where trillions of star Nebuli began to form, much like moving a longrope up and down suddenly and pulling the waves to a sudden stop.

The combined gravity of this potential and kinetic dance attracts the central universesgalaxies which increases the expansion of all space/time while crushing the objects ofpotentiality providing the infinite power to sustain a flat and potentially infinite universe.

These star forming nebula’s light has not yet reached earth for now 13.7 odd billionyears, giving a partial description of the vastness of this finite universe expanding backto infinity to coalesce with trillions of other now infinitely expanding universes, in manyflavors.

It is likely that these concentric spheres around the original big/bang are so far from oneanother this light has not only not reached earth but no other sphere of expanding light,cold and hot, in three dimensional space/time.

of 180

The concentric spheres or four outer space rings are each in turn ripping apart openingup the infinity of the False Nothing at near the speed of light, thus, a tremendousexpansion of space time is occurring.

This expansions direct purpose to experience the Infinite False Nothing in the finite untilsuch time as each of the now forming and to be forming universes or atmans of theParamatma form together in the Infinite Dream State to actually in the fininity expressthe entire infinity where each and every moment of each and every moment of each oftrillions of universes at near the speed of light dream each moment in each universesas the alternate possibilities of each such moment finitely.

This I liken to our universe experiencing its entire process up to the infinite dream stateand then playing it all over again where one atom exchanges places with one otheratom and goes through the entire process again, and then two atoms and then threeatoms and you may glimpse the infinities possible from just one such universe, allapproaching the speed of light.

When the actual Work of the Infinite Dream state is occurring in a finite sense all suchmotion and activity will eventually exceed the speed of our light (c) and become Light(c^2). All finite false reality or the Illusion returning to the Real Infinite at the Absolutelevel of such creation and then infinitesimally experiencing Everything eternally until theBeyond the Beyond which IS and never moved is exhausted of its own Infinite RealMystic expression as its own Self which only Master may achieve in the Eternity of theInfinite Reality as his own true Self, now squaring its own infinity to attain infinitysquared.

Well, of course, the question remains WHY? Very simply for the Loving Master isLonely, Longing for the experience of transcending his own Real Infinity througheternity in the False finite Illusion to obtain a specific result and determine, Am I trulyand Forever really Alone.

This is specifically the actual purpose of the Illusion Maya and no other and the reasonMaster seeks the love of each and every soul fragment to join and Work on this selfinduced Adventure through time which is but an Illusion.

These False phenomena barely hinting at or expressing the actual Real Infinity.

It really makes very little difference what these False representations of the imaginationof God appear to be or do, for when the days of the Corp of the Finaliters (Urantiabook) or the Abode of the Buddhas (Buddhism) or the Threshold of the Mastersbetween Reality and relativity (Avatar Meher Baba) come to pass, the Phase Transitionto the Infinite Dream State will put the whole of creation (Nothing) into the Work ofactually exhausting the Everything completely in the finite Nothing as finite forms and

of 180

going on now as it may.

This work, humans are specifically designed to accomplish in this iteration of eternity, atleast. The infinite dream experience operating in the Absolute many trillions of ouryears from now accomplished in part by our efforts from our Liberation and theimmortal infinite individuality of the Realized.

I sought our purpose, my purpose, from childhood in an aggressive manner, inward,until I found this great truth and it was not given up easily for it involves the ability tothink in infinities and to know that all such infinities are facets of the Real Infinity itself. Ididn’t want power or fame or money or position.

I wished, needed to know If I was to throw my whole being into something that I Longedfor, this Love of mine must have a purpose in doing what it does that allows theexistence of pain, suffering and War to accomplish what end. This was the existentialgauntlet I through down to my Master’s feet and demanded a Real answer.

It was like doing dental work on a shark with a hot tooth and no anesthetic while arguingpleasantly over the title of this book. Children do the damndest things, don’t we.

It really never occurred to me that my whole early life was not something most of usexperience, though, I felt different and left out in some puzzling way. I know now it wasjust time for me to be doing what old souls do when life on this planet is no longer goingto occur for this little soul, having decided to join with the Soul for the Work ahead,illusory as it may be.

All this being most important to those seeking a relevance and purpose in continuing,bindings or not. Binding may be transcended and observed as thoughts in actionsrequired for such work, the freeing of all, in the prajna flow of Sunyata and Tathata,avoiding such bindings of the arising and falling of thoughts (impressions). Masterdescribes his personal experience of this process briefly in his experience of the FieryFree Life, a short book of messages.

The point being it is possible for the practitioner of the aspirant seeking knowledge touse the method of Zen masters to accomplish the cessation of binding freeing the soulto obtain real Knowledge in the Illuminated state of being despite the truth of all thingsin motion being purely illusory.

This Manifestation of Master to allow the barriers between the Infinite and the finite tobe lowered and allow what I have written to be shared openly with all of Humanity, to dowith as each pleases, should they be inclined or remotely capable of ascertaining themeaning of my words, knowing clearly what my Duty IS now revealed. I would reallylike to read Master’s missing manuscript. I think I will need to go ask him which I will do

of 180

immediately when I may.

Basically or simply put there really are no unanswerable secrets if we just persevereand stay fixed upon the goal of the study of all things which is our sole function andnone other as we blithely run around like chickens with our heads cut off trying tosurvive while we murder and love as we choose with our Free Will, expressed first atNAD through OM. Can any one spell personal responsibility, perhaps?

I will not discuss the formation by condensation and precipitation of the quasars prior tofirst clarity in the early universe in terms of just Planck time, other than to say nearly allgalaxies were formed from quasars that erupted, shortly before and then after clarity,with the three and four dimensional universe we occupy.

The one and two dimensional states of light/matter forcefully repelling the formation ofthree dimensional space surrounding the individual core objects of each atom thusprecipitated seeking to return to zero point absolute vacuum. This information allowsus to control gravitation as the combined force of gravity/antigravity a goodengineer/scientist will workout .

The two dimensional mirrored image of three dimensional matter annihilating from thecontained mass of zero point one dimensional cold dark non-radiating light, containedin each atom as potentiality, giving the mirrored two dimensional image of threedimensional radiating light, the actual mass to annihilate with matter seeking to return toquiescent potentiality space/time originated from originally. It is the perpetual motionmachine of creation crafted by Nature and tweaked by the hand of God.

This universe now floats like smoke over water as an electron ghost where dark matteris at the core of each atom which the quasars spewed out into space/time fromtime/space origins derived from this source of original potentiality.

I leave you with this formuli: mc^2 = E = mc^2 being the dialectician I am where allmass derives from Light as light condensed to the two forms of matter. My theory andhypothesis being: everything is separate and/or opposite but the same (one); adinfinitum squared where Universe as the infinitesimal is expressed geometrically asthe: triple tetrahedral triangle, ellipsoidal cubical sphere, double spiral void.

It is important to note again that time exists due to motion. Thus, time is a force andmotion is the carrier. Also, all that moves orbits something else of greater mass,existing as pure potentiality in one dimension in each three dimensional atom whichcoalesces around the quasars spent core (Black Hole).

Then, hundreds of billions of galaxies orbit the Universal Object, while all galaxies orbitaround the original OBJECT formed at OM as the Duality, Unified as ONE, infinite and

of 180

finite. This being the physical basis of the Illusion and forms persistent time due totime dilation due to the sequence of detonation in illusory nature, spontaneously.

All such objects in motion seeking to return to Infinity the Duality split into the Real andthe False. Well, God has made the most of it, Knowing where the circus must go andhopefully end as the Omega from out of the Alpha. Simply put, I Know, I am correct.

This order in our universe formed by the primal atom due to space/time matter seekingto return to potentiality and repelled by this potentiality avoiding immediate annihilationas the one and two dimensional dark matter and antimatter, respectively, the reflectionof matter which immediately annihilates with its own properties, mirrored and reversed.

If you have ever seen the light generator children often are given or where given when Iwas a child with alternating back and white panels balanced on a pin encased in a bulb,the pin represents the one dimensional potentiality of each atom.

The panels are the three dimensional particles which orbit the mass of potentiality ofdark matter. The power of transmutation comes from the light reflecting off thesurfaces of the panels in two dimensions and the three dimensional matter whichradiates against the two dimensional surfaces and moves the apparatus as spin ororbits and represents two dimensional antimatter.

The three dimensional panels (particles) are constructed or derived from nine attributesand the properties of the infinitesimal as the actual reflected Light as light divided,radiant and non-radiant, potential and kinetic.

The triple tetrahedral triangle (Nothing) which mimics the actual reality of the InfiniteLight reflected upon the two dimensional strings for the formation of the threedimensions, now acting or behaving (physics) as the Tetragrammaton (Everything).

The finite imagining it is infinite is thus reflected on the tetrahedrons in nine attributes,unified as one by Gravity and all completely illusory, the Play of Divine Love,unrequited.

The nine expressions of Infinity as the Tetrahedron stand before the tenth panel(attribute) as the property of Gravity and the unifying principle inherent in the nineattributes of that infinity, the Tetragrammaton as the ten states of God imprinted on theinfinitesimal, Universe.

Again, the three tetrahedrons composed of the properties, power, knowledge andomnipresence (entanglement) in Bliss. The creator, sustainer and destroyer principleproperties in Nature as evolutionary persistent time and the universal absolute, qualified

of 180

absolute and unqualified absolute now in Union as One, the Self within all.

This great Union of forces, freely created for our use by simply loving our neighbors asour selves given to Humanity as Love in God. Again, having nothing to do with religionor dogmas, but simply reality as it exists.

I will skip describing in detail how the Grand Unification Theory (GUT) derives first fromLove as Unified Gravity separated by time and dimensional stacking within eachspace/time atom where the one and two dimensional potential of cold dark non-radiating light is separated by a field wall (Higgs Field) from three dimensional kinetichot radiating light, except by a short description.

This process and reality, divided by the Bose-Einstein condensate on the cold potentialside and the Fermionic condensate on the hot kinetic side of the field (Higgs) whichproduces and is the conduit for the electromagnetic flow of electricity and magnetism inalternating states of quanta fluctuations due to dimensional phasing over persistenttime.

Such processes conceptualized, courtesy of Alfred North Whitehead, Process andReality - An Essay in Cosmology 1928 University of Edinburgh and Meher Baba,Avatar.

These regular fluctuations in the field when aligned with other atoms describes thephenomena of entanglement and “spooky at a distance” due to such extantentanglements and all being completely illusory.

In finite relativistic reality, the fact of the one dimensional object (perfect black body)in time/space at the core of the dimensionally stacked atom is slightly in advance of theproduction of the three dimensional atom of space/time.

The actual operation is by the reflection of three dimensional radiating particle wavesupon the two dimensional reflecting surfaces of cold dark non-radiating light(antimatter), which ten tetrahedral properties form three dimensions.

The tenth property of the tetrahedral process of lights attributes reflecting, is unity orentanglement where everything reflected is stored in the movement of such minutereflections that form the quantum universe as one unified quanta and thus itsmacroscopic image as universe.

No physicist is likely to go here, believing there is a process that does not depend onan extant Infinity in the Duality of the expression of the Real Everything in the FalseNothing, the Illusion. However, this is what is actually going on in Universe, the

of 180

infinitesimal from out of the unlimited expression from the OM point in the Beyond stateof God.

All governed by Parvardigar from the WHIM and Urge of the Infinite Pre-personalLatent Mystic, Beyond, Beyond IS state which has not moved nor will it ever move dueto being beyond all attributes including the infinite consciousness and the infiniteunconsciousness, the Ancient of Days, IS.

Again, This reflected light makes a reversed upside down two dimensional image wehave named antimatter which annihilates with matter, thus, evolving the atom as theHiggs Mechanism imparting mass to massless photons.

In other operations, involving the quantum weak and strong forces and thecorresponding carrier particle waves, are kept stable and in thermodynamic balance bythe alternating electromagnetic force formed between the hot and cold condensates asthe Higgs Field or what I call the boundary layer between dimensions extant in eachmatter atom.

The Weak Force and Carrier causing the radiating of nuclear material is likely due tothe lack of dark mass potentiality of the one dimensional object or core (dark matter)within the containing atom as Quantum Antigravity. The over abundance of dark masspotentiality in the one dimensional object or core causes the Strong Force and carrier tooperate as Quantum Gravity.

This is a correction to my earlier efforts of visualization of the Weak Force where Isuggested a greater dark matter mass, rather than lesser mass was present to causethe instability of an atom to off gas or emit radioactive by products.

The isotope U-235 decays in a series as alpha particles, beta particles, gamma raysand conversion electrons as a natural transmutation into actinium, astatine, bismuth,francium, lead, polonium, protactinium, radium, radon, thallium, as an example, therebeing many radioactive elements and by products and chains of decay due to the weakforce which is deceptive as it is quite strong in nature.

Gravity appears to be weaker than it is, due to the atom being the function and processof attraction and repulsion by natural design in each and every space/time atom. Thecore object inflow of non-radiating cold light (one dimensional) rebounded (twodimensional) radiating hot light (kinetic) meeting and igniting the inflow to infinitesimal.

An explosion occurs (big bang initiation) and then turns upon the explosive expansionto return to potentiality (three dimensional) causing a tertiary reheating event andsetting or seating the core object one dimensional dark matter mass (vacuumpotentiality). This forms the three dimensional Atom (proto-hydrogen: core object,

of 180

proton shell (field boundary layer) as nucleus and electron ghost).

The 3 dimensional space/time seeks to return to the original One dimensional objectrd

and is repelled by one dimensional time/space potentiality, avoiding disruption ofquiescence. This is evolved Love, acting as Gravity in nature within every little thing inrelativity as atoms.

The actual shock of Realization at NAD and the recoil of the sock as the Knowledge ofNothing, seeking to mend the Duality immediately upon recognition of the Problem notanticipated or designed, simply naturally occurring at OM manifested as the Gravity ofLove.

This being the exact reason that when a body in motion (orbit), say the InternationalSpace Station (ISS) traveling at 18, 500 miles per hour, is inertially stable for objectsand people within the relative mass of the vehicle while in motion.

If Gravity were not a local process, the occupants of the station would be glued to therear wall compartment, even in an airplane or fast car. Inertia is a function oftime/space and space/time in opposition to one an others properties and attributes.

In relativity between orbiting bodies, the body of lesser mass appears to be inertialessor unaffected by increased velocity or slowly coming to rest. I think this phenomenon isdue to local gravity which is immediately overcome when the ISS or auto is suddenlystopped.

Obviously, relativity effects those bodies that are influenced by the greater mass of thecontaining and/or attracting kinetic object by the bending of the fabric of space/time andthe mass of the time/space object determines the size of any orbiting space/time matteras condensated and precipitated kinetic light.

Dr. Einstein was correct in his formulations except about the notion of gravity as aforce, requiring a force carrier.

Again, Gravity is a force both of attraction and repulsion and contained in the structuresof each and every three dimensional atom which properties cause or appear to causethe weakening of the force of gravity, itself. Nothing is mediated from one place toanother as massless photons move light about, for instance.

It is likely that a true inertialess drive is feasible if we determine how to control localgravity by warping or distorting local gravity in some manner which needs a goodengineer to solve. Obviously, any object or person within an orbiting craft must residein an environment that suspends the effects of local gravity and its inertia.

of 180

If we suspend or possibly increase the antigravity effects of dark matter in the atom, inand around, a craft, gravity in motion will be constant, relative to the craft and contents,and will not disturb what is inside by what is outside the craft, nullifying velocity and itsinertia effects on resting bodies in motion as a bubble of null force surrounding thecraft.

Science as the Standard Model will deny my model of the atom and how it functions.

The actual process of gravitation in three dimensions actually produces thealternating electromagnetic process. The weak and strong forces derive fromgravity and are contained or directly effected by electricity and magnetism at thequantum level of reality forming a three dimensional quantum gravity betweenparticle masses and directly effected by the total mass of the contained onedimensional object or non-radiating cold dark matter underlying space/timematter, mitigating the effects of the strength of the force of attraction as gravity.

Thus, gravity, weakened by the mass of dark matter present, repelling threedimensional light condensed into particles, electrons, protons and neutronsgravitationally attracted to one dimensional potentiality existing as the atoms.

All of the four known forces but one have force carriers fairly well defined in quantumphysics. The forces and the carriers are caused by the nature of gravitation, alternatingbetween dimensional boundaries to maintain equilibrium within the atom each atom atiny motor or dynamo.

The dynamo (atom), powered by the very nature of Gravity, which is the actualinteractive process and reality between the two forms of light (c) that mirrored, the Light(c^2) is become, the infinitesimal, Universe.

The more atoms in proximity to one another the greater the attractive force inspace/time appears to become. As an example of such force, a Sun does not fire upuntil the gravity at its proto core is great enough to overcome the repulsive force of thetime/space potentiality that attracts the space/time matter and there is ignition.

The ignition, likely the result of the reflected atoms as two dimensional mirroredantimatter, newly formed, and annihilating with its twin matter atom. When the amountof antimatter becomes sufficient enough to mirror a substantial amount of collectedatoms, a mini big bang occurs and a Sun is born.

This process and reality much as the original formation of quasars occurred at the nearend of Planck time and distances around 380 thousand years after the Big Bangignition sequence initiated in the infinitesimal.

of 180

Interestingly, star formation is a process of thermodynamic cold which allow theclumping together of atoms (condensation) to occur. Apparently, the by-products of asolar system is the precipitation process from condensated matter.

As a sun “burns” for possibly billions of years, the space/time matter is consumed bythe time/space two dimensional antimatter in the production of light and heat (E)energy. When at the end of the cycle the star collapses in upon its own remains.

It is due to the absence of the repulsive force of gravitation as the potentiality oftime/space object, now spent or exhausted, and which collapse may leave a darkgravity object which may be fairly gravity neutral, requiring a recharge to become anactual black hole.

Such a process requiring millions of years by the acquisition of new space/time matterhaving a net antigravity or repulsive charge to restore the dark gravity object to a newform of black hole to attract enough matter to become a sun once again over manycycles of time.

I am sure you physicists and astrophysicists are running around in tight little cycles bythis time. You really should hear me out.

Meher Baba has suggested that chasing the rabbit of imagination down the hole iscounter productive to spiritual enlightenment as all that moves is simply impulsiveimagination in the mind of God and completely illusionary.

Knowledge coming to the patient who having survived the trial of the Subtle WorldSphere by acquiring this Knowledge and we transition from spirit to soul in the MentalWorld Sphere where the angels live on the fifth plane and then the Archangels live onthe sixth plane of consciousness.

From my meager point of view, most finite, and being a Westerner, I see great value tothe stability of Humanity from our pursuit of the fundamental principles of how theIllusion manifests for our finite ego minds function somewhat differently than they do inthe East.

This spiritual fact depending upon as it exists above so it does below where the Eastportion of the Divine realm is very spiritual and the West portion of the Divine realm ismore material. The Urantia book describes this place as Paradise Isle. I think of it asthe place (Threshold) between the infinite and finite, the Universe of universes. It is areal place within the Illusion.

The peculiarities of the East do not allow the Avatar to be born in the West. This too,

of 180

being an electromagnetic function of the Maya and what we view as nature in the West. Don’t think for a minute, I have not done some major soul searching before I made thisstatement; having, reflected upon this truth for days.

The husk of the burned out star as a dark gravity object, immediately begins to attracttowards fresh space/time three dimensional atoms. Again, These fresh atoms fromclouds of gas, condense very gradually.

This process slowly recharges the local, one dimensional, space potentiality of thedark matter object with new time/space potentiality, contained in each new or freshspace/time atom this object attracts towards. This is likely the only instance that darkmatter is attracted towards matter when its potentiality requires a recharge.

When time/space one dimensional dark matter is at full potentiality, it repels space/timematter. Space/time three dimensional matter is then attracted to potentiality, seeking toreturn to the quiescent vacuum state.

This is Gravitation and does not require a force carrier as the process is containedwithin dimensional states of light (c) in two forms. One state being cold and potentialand the other state being hot and kinetic.

The exact life cycle process remains a mystery in my finite ego mind, due to the lifespan of stars and quasar/black holes, yet, unobserved. The Western mind, invariably,always seeking and fascinated by the challenge to know what makes the Nature tick.

Fortunately for humankind, science is infectious, all we are engaged, right or wrong, ona new voyage of discovery in science to determine our place in the relativistic reality ofnature, illusory or not.

For this is the nature of Man, to be curious, and hopefully we may continue our curiositywhile not behaving as a band of marauding monkeys, tearing every little thing to bits aswe go.

The nature of black holes at galaxy centers appear to be more benign than previouslythought by only accepting space/time matter slowly, due to the proximity of the Objectto stars and gas clouds, and which does not seem to vary in its position relative tomatter both being attracted and by the inflow of fresh atoms to repulse space/timematter.

If this were not the case stars would plunge directly into the Object. Thus far byobservation, this appears to be something gravity does with stars in the immediateproximity to an Object and/or Black Hole.

of 180

When we see our Object more clearly many of these questions will be answered andmore will come forth. This is science. I wouldn’t want a black hole from a burned outstar moving through or near to our solar system, as they must from time to time.

We must wonder if such black objects have not influenced our solar system by nearapproach, flinging our gas giants out from the original close in orbits into circular orbitswhere they be now.

Astronomers have recently identified a binary Brown Star with companion, namedScholz’s star, that came within a trillion miles of our solar system some 70 thousandyears ago passing through the outer Oort Cloud.

This was very near the time of the near extinction of the human race when a supervolcano erupted in the Indonesia chain of islands and left a very small group of humansalive, some 70 thousand, of which we are all descended from one women from theevidence of the mitochondrial DNA all of us share.

Perhaps a close encounter caused a planetoid to collide with the Earth and forming ourmoon some 4 billion years ago. Perhaps this planetoid was in orbit around a black holeor dark gravity object and was pulled away from its orbit around this object by our Sunand collided with Earth. Perhaps this same phenomenon may have destabilized theprecipitated Oort Cloud beyond the Kuiper Belt of objects, sending them crashing intothe inner solar system, as well during the heavy bombardment period and lateroccurrences of large numbers of impacts, both on the Moon and Earth.

I suggest the Object (dark gravity or black hole) spins near the speed of light in one andtwo dimensions and when we are able to actually see this phenomenon in detail thisobject may appear flat and black or possibly nonexistent if it only exists in onedimension as the core skeleton of a quasar and/or a star used up.

These objects may actually spin themselves out of existence if not re-supplied by thecollision with another space/time body or galaxy. Doctor Hawking determined theseobjects slowly disperse as Hawking radiation, possibly as neutrinos in zero massphotons as light (c). The gauge boson (neutrino) being the elementary particle in theStandard Model.

I think this is a good thing because it doesn’t postit a supersymmetry which likely isnonexistent. I see no evidence that supports Supersymmetry in a universe that runsfrom past to present and future to past, being complete nonsense from CP Experimentsdreamed up by mistaken physicists.

of 180

Short aside:

CP violation (CP standing for Charge Parity) is the actual basis of my theory ofeverything, describing a time phased interaction between matter and antimatter whichexplains the violation of parity in the weak force from the postulated CP-symmetry (orCharge conjugation Parity symmetry). “The idea behind parity symmetry is that theequations of particle physics are invariant under mirror inversion.”

This idea, I believe to be inconsistent with the facts and noted by CP violations ofvarious sorts, all due specifically to time, I think is a force carried by motion, and theoriginal most first motion in universe as the rebound of cold dark light from infinitesimalbeginning the clock of universe as time itself.

This occurrence, being prior to the actual formation of three dimensional kinetic lightand space/time. While, this phenomenon produced the most first two dimensionalstring in actual time and prior to the actual reheating phenomena during the big bangevent.

Good description here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CP_violation

End Aside.

If enough space/time matter is available, the remains of the old star might again fire up,much as a massive black hole in the centers of galaxies can feed and turn on as aquasar once again.

The corpuses of these bodies being one dimensional cold dark matter potentiality thatactually repels space/time but now existing as a fairly benign dark gravity objects.

The planet spins at 1137 miles per hour or 1670 kilometers/hour, yet, we stay firmlyattached to the ground because gravity is equally present throughout the entire systemin motion.

If Gravity does not radiate as a force carrier to where it is needed, then, by what carrierparticle wave as a force carrier does it propagate, unfound or detected, unless it isquantum gravity process, acting as the Weak and Strong Force and particle carriers inthe Standard Model and the atom it represents.

This is the only area I have problems with Doctor Einstein’s model of Gravitation whichis undoubtedly correct in three dimensional relativity as delineated in On TheElectrodynamics of Moving Bodies, A. Einstein June 30, 1905.

of 180

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CP_violation

The Standard Model has assumed gravity must have certain properties in Planck timeand space that correspond to a three dimensional space/time model of relativity. I thinkthis is the problem, for the standard model assumes gravity existed as a GrandUnification Theory (GUT) prior to Planck time and differentiated into all four forces dueto an unknown process prior to Planck time and distance.

This process denys a solution for gravity as a force without a particle wave carrier suchas the theoretical graviton, where gravity is a local property and attribute of the atomwhich is increased in direct proportion to the amount of atoms present as a combinedmutual attraction to potentiality, acting as one dimensional mass, thus, attracting threedimensional matter seeking to return to the quiescence of absolute null vacuum itoriginally derived from.

There are likely no gravitons or macro gravity particle/waves as carriers of the gravityforce which is why they have not been located or detected as this perturbations exist inthe quantum state as the other three forces and the associated carrier particle waves,simply attracting to void time/space, extant as dark matter potentiality.

There was likely an excess of dark matter zero point vacuum potentiality in Planck timeand space which may have produced a fleeting glimpse of these “gravity wave”perturbations recently detected (WMAP) but unlikely to exist elsewhere in detectablescale as fluctuations in gravity as electromagnetic particle wave photonic perturbations.

Maybe a hyper-nova might display such disturbances in the fabric of space/timerelativity, briefly.

This excess of antimatter likely represents the attraction of space/time matter to theexcess of dark matter potentiality and accounts for the third ignition event as thereheating of the original Object to a billion degrees Celsius setting the Object firmly intosingularity as the gravitational over-control of the entire evolving andexpanding/contracting universe. Where, all the galaxies, are likely orbiting this Objectin spirals, only appearing to be approaching and receding as blue and red shifted lightemissions.

I now find, recently, expanding and contracting, big bang/big crunch, to be a Dr.Hawking posits. This is the work of the genius mind. One must wonder at the notionthat information is destroyed in black holes persisted for so long to be thrown down bySusskind.

Although, if the core of a black hole were to be massive enough and this core objectreturned to the active state of a quasar, it might be possible to detect local gravitationalanomalies such as gravity wave perturbations which would quickly dampen out whenexposed to three dimensional space/time matter. Hence, the need for the study of all

of 180

things.

See my other papers on the subject as this paper is about the purpose and meaning oflife itself which is in short supply in this world of madness and wicked nihilism we havebrought upon our selves by our constant obsession with death and dying and the senseof inferiority it nurtures; thus, producing Hate and Fear in abundance from the exerciseof greed, intolerance and exploitation we seem to love so much, even now destroyingthe planet.

Additionally, everything that moves is composed of Light and its shadow, light, whetherformless or forming, manifest or un-manifest. The Beyond the Beyond state of God iscolorless and Latent where the Beyond state of God is composed of all flavors of Light(c^2).

Dark matter and the matter we experience as four dimensional persistent reality(relativity) is truly condensed and precipitated light as matter easily converts back toEnergy as light and heat once more which then is slowed by collisions back to someform of solid matter once again. Photosynthesis being an excellent example of suchtransmutations of light.

Dark Energy is the result of the slow process that has created three dimensionalspace/time in the time continuum and which attraction to the Object which is the host ofeach time/space dark matter atom is broken free of the gravitational attraction to returnto zero point resting potential and is accelerating towards the speed of light squaredbehaving as if it is infinite and, in great part, caused by the attraction to the developingand remote outer space spheres of space/time, also, seeking to accelerate to lightsquared, four dimensional space/time becoming infinite from out of the infinitesimalwhere infinite potentiality resides.

Here is the Avatars take on Light and Darkness below.

LIGHT AND DARKNESS

Meher Baba

God is the Real, Infinite Light, and the infinite, subtle gas is real, Infinite Darkness.

The nebula, which is created by the compact of Space [Akash] and Energy [Pran] and subtle gas,is false light. The indescribably huge and innumerable pieces into which the nebula breaks up areso dazzlingly bright that each of them surpasses the light of billions of suns put together. Butthey are not hot.

Each piece of the nebula is so dazzlingly brilliant that it equals the light of ten cores [hundreds of

of 180

millions] of suns combined, and its size equals that of a thousand millions of suns. And there aremillions and billions of such pieces of nebula, all originating from the tiniest Creation Point!

To sum up: God is the Real Infinite Light; the infinite subtle gas is the Infinite Real Darkness;the nebula is false light; the sparks or heavenly bodies are the shadows of the false light; and ourworld is false darkness.

MEHER BABA'S EARLY MESSAGES TO THE WEST, p. 166, ed Ward Parks2009 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

Infinitesimal, Atom, Universe

Visualization is essential to comprehend where I believe the universe derives. I havediscussed how God became Manifest as the Light and the shadow of Light, darkness,as the infinite Real Everything and the infinite False Nothing, the false Nothing beingthe dream of imagination of the False Infinite Intelligence imaging that it was smallerand smaller, imagining that it was really infinite as the image of the real infinity.

Meher Baba has explained these things perfectly and I do not pretend to enhance whathe has told us all very clearly, but to demonstrate the actual, illusionary, physicalprocesses that created Universe in the Universe of universes from the False InfiniteIntelligence, the actual Supreme Being, Paramatma, all within the Real InfiniteIntelligence and governed by Parvardigar (Vishnu), the Preserver and Sustainer of allby the Mercy and Grace of God (best fit in universe as nature).

The darkness, then, is what we have described as dark matter which derived from thephysical process of this cold non-radiating light (c) seeking infinity by becoming moreand more finite until at one point of becoming more finite, thinking or behaving as if itwere infinite, this cold light rebounded from its own physical properties, where itbecame physically impossible to become any more most finite (infinitesimal).

The fundamental premise is that the finite resides in the Infinite and not the other wayaround.

This is the basis of my Atom, a one dimensional point, occupying no space or no timefor there existed nothing for the null zero point absolute vacuum of void to exist. Thispoint is the same nothing that the NAD (WORD) and the OM point (Creation) originallymanifested, the Infinite Pre-personal Mystic (Beyond, Beyond God) from within theBeyond God state with infinite consciousness and infinite unconsciousness asattributes.

The Beyond, Beyond God having no attributes but void nothingness and completelyunmoving having no consciousness or unconsciousness as attributes, nor any

of 180

attributes, never moved or to move.

Had any attribute of consciousness been extant prior to the most first infinite formlessand colorless Light, the need for what followed may have been averted. It was acompletely accidental or natural outcome of the most first motion, to produce Universeand the God which contains both the finite and infinite as the One Infinite God, havingthe issue of the purely imaginative Duality of the most finite, yet unlimited, Nothing asthe Everything in Everything.

I used the terms Nothing and Everything long before I knew who Meher Baba IS. I didknow about the IS but had read nothing about such things for many years, having nointerest in such things because I already thought I knew what the Infinite and the finitewere, while working on the Unified Field Theory of Doctor Einstein my Father andGrandmother had told me about as a young boy.

Freud gave me the terms, conscious and unconscious when I learned how to read. Meher Baba furnished essential truths to my efforts such as the infinite does not residein the finite, but the finite does reside in the infinite and many, many other profoundtruths and facts both spiritual and material.

So, if you will, observe in your mind (head) a point of cold dark non-radiating potentiallight (c) occupying no space but null space and having no frame of reference for thepassage of time, except in one dimension which simply is.

This potential light form behaving as if it were infinite is the self same void of theBeyond, Beyond God which is Everything in Reality moved or rebounded a most short(tiny) distance at once forming, over a miniscule time, one, two dimensional line orstring (physics).

This was the low yield initiator of the thermonuclear dynamic process of the Big Bangevent, prior to Planck time or distance and which started or began the clock of ouruniverses time in an actual two dimensional space, thus, creating time/space inactuality in one and two dimensions, still extremely small.

The rebound or movement derived from the WHIM/Urge of the creation, the BeyondGod state. The infinitesimal was unable to become more finite behaving as if it wereinfinite and the non-radiating cold dark matter of infinite potentiality was set into thisuniverses most first singularity which became set with the initial low yield rebound ofnon-radiating light (c) as the first radiant hot light because it radiated into a new spacethat had not existed in two dimensions.

The most first radiant light (c) immediately turned 180 degrees and sought to return topotentiality from which it derived as a natural process of thermodynamics seeking a

of 180

stability and quiescence in the original potentiality. This return stroke initiated the relichydrogen event of superheating, firmly setting the singularity (One dimensional object).

Instantaneously a perfect triangle was achieved in three two dimensional tetrahedrons(triangles) reflecting the actual aspects, attributes and properties of Light (c^2) as theoutflow of the first radiant two dimensional light (c) strikes the inflow of two dimensionallight (c) seeking its potential source.

This was the actual Big Bang event up to the reheating phenomenon, prior to particlecondensation and precipitation out of the primordial plasma states of dark matterannihilating with the first three dimensional hot matter of space/time forming a shellaround the singularity or one dimensional object while leaving the original twodimensional string intact as three spinning and tumbling mirrored surfaces in twodimensional time/space.

The spinning and tumbling triangles forming the first three dimensional space and timefro out of the original time/space from the reflected light rebounding from infinitesimaland radiating in two dimensional string which immediate formed the three tetrahedronsas the actual reflected light as Light c^2).

This occurred when the two dimensional cold light sought to return upon its ownradiance and exploded instantaneously into three reflecting tetrahedrons containing theproperties and attributes of the Light (c^2) into three dimensions now spinning andtumbling around and surrounding the one and two dimensional time/space.

This plasma cloud in three dimensions being repelled by the one and two dimensionaltime/space avoiding annihilation.

The space/time matter as E (pure energy) attracting to time/space dark matter andreflected off of the three, two dimensional surfaces of the most first two dimensionalstring or line, thus, forming exact copies of the three dimensional forms propagated byexpansion in hot plasma (light squared as Light), thus, producing a boundary layerbetween dimensions where the one and two dimensional dark matter formed, prior tothe space/time matter.

The one and two dimensional time/space remaining very cold near absolute zero on theinner side of the boundary layer and the three dimensional space/time remaining quitehot, possibly a billion degrees Celsius during reheating, creating a plasma cloud, inthree dimensions around the one and two dimensional time/space.

This process and reality of attraction and repulsion forming Gravitation much as Realityformed in the Beyond God state as Light or Love (Bliss). The cold side of the boundarylayer acting upon the hot side of the boundary layer forming the conduit for the flow of

of 180

the electromagnetic force and particle wave carriers as photons after sufficient coolingby condensation and precipitation of atoms produced by reflection of the most firstoriginal event, the formation of the primordial Atom.

The first atom consisting of a one dimensional core singularity (object) surrounded bythree rotating and spinning and tumbling mirrored triangular surfaces in two dimensionsin time/space. These surfaces as tetrahedrons actually producing the space/time fieldin time we experience.

This forming the most first three dimensional cloud as a proton shell or original nucleusof the hydrogen atom and the electromagnetic AC/DC motor of the boundary layerbetween dimensions that gives the proton shell a positive charge and the electron ghostof matter in motion in three dimensional space/time the negative charge repelled by thepositive charge of the proton shell created by the repulsive properties of time/spacedark matter and two dimensional reflecting surfaces of what we have named antimatter.

This is the exact physical reason here is CP violation in physical atomic observationsdue to the possibility that space/time matter is not correctly reflected upside down andbackwards on the two dimensional surface or surfaces of the two dimensional strings ofthe atom within the atom.

So, when a model of the hydrogen atom is drawn in conventual physics we see apositively charged proton with a negatively charged electron the Coulomb force derivedactually caused by the he electromagnetic current flowing in the boundary layerbetween the time/space Atom.

The space/time Atom, thus, surrounds the primordial atomic event, as the singularitynon-radiating light and the first radiant light of the cold interior of each and every Atom.The process and reality powered by the processes of time/space repelling space/timeand the attraction of space/time to time/space which remains dimensionally separatedin space due to the time each process formed.

Therefore, there is no gravity particle wave or any form of carrier other than the fourforces all particles and the functions of particles governed by matters mirroredinteraction with antimatter all powered by the potentiality of the core object which givesmass to two dimensional antimatter reflections of matter particles and annihilatesforming new daughter products thus transmuting into new forms of evolving mater inspace/time evolution.

The actual properties and attributes of the triple tetrahedron coming directly from theLight of the Big Bang event which were instantaneously imprinted upon surfaces of thetwo dimensional surfaces of the tetrahedrons which actually form space/time as thedimensional barrier between dark matter antimatter reality and the cloud of space/time

of 180

matter as the proton shell (hydrogen) or the evolved nucleus made up of particles likequarks and Leptons and bosons forming the nucleus of the atoms we believe to exist.

My atom being a one and two dimensional atom where there is no motion in the objector core singularity and the spinning, tumbling motion of three mirrored surfaces of thetwo dimensional time/space interacting with the three dimensional atom of space/timeformed from the annihilations between matter particles and antimatter mirrored particleswhere the singularity provides the mass to allow antimatter to annihilate with matter.

The weak force and particle wave carrier and the strong force and particle wave carriermay be explained by this model which I touched on earlier and will say no more as thisis simply a discussion of possible realities and processes I think exist within each andevery atom of space/time.

The actual process of the formation of the entire atomic structure of the atom within theatom began by the one billion degree superheated primordial plasma cloud of theformation of the third dimensional space/time was the direct result and began from theBose-Einstein condensate of one and two dimensional time/space formation and theBoronic plasma condensate of the forms three dimensional space/time.

The Bose=Einstein condensate providing the cooling for the superheated plasma tobegin cooling thermodynamically seeking equilibrium causing space/time plasma tocondense around clumps or massive concentrations of dark matter one and twodimensional time/space and then precipitating into massive cooling and conglomerationof innumerable proto atoms prior to the actual formation of true particle states ofspace/time matter.

These vast individual conglomerations of forms subatomic structures were the first trulythree dimensional space/time objects held in proximity to nearly infinite one dimensionalpotentiality which by repelling the space/time plasma cloud from returning or attractingto the quiescence of absolute vacuum.

This natural process prevents additional big bang events. The mysterious quasarobjects where manufactured by the actual transmutation of space/time matter into theparticle sates of matter by the interaction of two dimensional antimatter reflections ofmatter.

This is or was nuclear synthesis by transmutation of pure energy cooled andreproduced (precipitated) in endless copies into the particles surrounding the one andtwo dimensional proto atom as the actual nucleus of the hydrogen atom or the protonshell and energized by the current flow of electromagnetic forces alternating betweenAC/DC currents. Quantum gravity thus being extant for both the weak and strongparticle wave that massless photons encounter giving mass to space/time matter.

of 180

This process will be explained in the LHC at CERN which has been acknowledged asthe Higgs field (boundary layer) and Higgs Mechanism (time/space dark matterpotential and antimatter imaging of space/time matter particles), the Higgs Boson themassive particle providing mass to neutrino photons expelled from Black Holes andother sources, undefined here.

The actual electromagnetic properties cause the production of particle wave both weakand strong forces which forces are directly proportional to the potentiality bound by theattraction of matter to antimatter and one dimensional dark matter as pure potentialityresting mass which repels space/time matter. I suspect the magnetic reconnectingphenomena is linked directly with the what occurs in the boundary layer of each atom.

The excess mass of condensated and precipitated products of the initial tertiary ignitionprocess of the of the Big Bang event was the cause of the reheating event andsubsequent plasma cloud of forming three dimensional space/time. Even after theprocess had completed there was excess material both potential and kinetic thatremained forming the actual Objects of space/time we refer to as quasars and center ofmost galaxies, now Black Holes.

The quasars then acted as the source of expanding space/time light and its matter byspewing vast quantities of the daughter products of the thermodynamic particle genesis and synthesis process of the precipitated and freshly made atoms as the first hydrogen,three dimensional subatomic structure during reheating and then grown into completeatoms by such particle synthesis between the attributes of time/space dark matter andthe space/time matter at the boundary layer existing between states that fluctuate asthe electromagnetic current flow where all magnetic reconnecting must take place in thequantum mechanical scale to allow a stable “eternal” atom.

This structure actually surrounds the most first core object potentiality and twodimensional strings that reflect matter upside down and backwards in and as the thenand continuing particle genesis and synthesis (transmutation) of space/time particles. The actual process that forms matter as condensed light held in orbit around the darkmatter atom by the attributes of gravitation, attraction and repulsion.

The fluctuating attributes of the properties of gravitation accounting for what weperceive is gravity where all three dimensional objects fall towards the one and twodimensional properties of time/space where the cumulative effect of the attractingattribute of gravitation causes the ignition of gas clouds into the stars of enumerablenebula gravity. Space/time matter orbits time/space dark matter everywhere there is anatom.

Each star at the core containing the vast potentiality of absolute vacuum as the coreobjects of the accumulation of atoms, that due to attracting attributes of gravity

of 180

eventually, turn on, radiating light (c) behaving as if this light were Light (c^2) expandingoff as red and blue shifted light to infinity which all derived from originally.

The stars clumping together into galaxies and galaxy super structures along the actualboundary lines of the primordial state of the original Big Bang. The electromagneticperturbations being confused for gravitons which give gravity the attribute of attraction.

Good luck finding a particle wave carrier for gravity that does not exist.

Gravity, thus, being a purely local process and phenomenon, shared within each atombetween the time/space dark matter atom within the three dimensional space/timematter atom we refer to as Universe when assembled.

I am sure there is or will be a rabid mob of physicists and astrophysics who will attemptto assign me to the dummie squad of hapless transcendental empiricists of old but forone very important factual relationship.

My formulation makes nothing up and relies entirely upon the scholarly scientificexplanations of physics and astrophysics and comports precisely with the scholarlyKnowledge of God as the original source of the purely illusory universe, the projectedhologram of our universe and that from an atheist whom, still does not answer thequestion of where the holographic image is projected from and by what means.

Thank you Doctor Leonard Susskind for providing part of the correct answers. Andthank you Russian physicists that confirm my notion of an atom within an atom which isdeveloped mathematically with some precision and completeness they have provided.

Not only is Nature a natural phenomenon but so is God purely a natural coming fromnothing with no pre-conditions, suddenly awake to thine own Self. There literally wasno Creator as such, but only the WHIM and URGE to do so, purely impulsive naturalNAD and OM event from nothing, not dissimilar to the production of Universe.

Being the geometrist and empiricist I find my self to be with an unusual power ofconcentrated visualizational ability, I could really care less, as I have no bone in thisfight nor do I actually care as I know I am amazingly close to explaining in commonterms what the nature of Nature really is.

My theories being completely consistently consistent with know science and theKnowledge of the involution of our own consciousness, completely understood byscholars to exist and function within each human being.

Again, and fundamental to the simplicity of my notions, I have not made up anythingnor is there anything that I am not able to explain in common terms, sometimes

of 180

complex as they are for who ever said Knowledge and its procurement is easy whileremaining most simple, the simplicity being the work of much study and deepcogitations unbound by impressions which do not affect my mind.

The only real differences with my notions and what is accepted being I see Light andlight as differing states of the same phenomena which is not expressed well in currentphysics, my notion of time as a force, the model of the atom based entirely upon actualextant dimensions, and my perception of Gravitation which is contained within eachatom.

These ideas merely simpler explanations of what is observed in nature andsubstantiated by measurements over time. I just think I have seen more clearly into thefundamentals of persistent time, while relying upon a different interpretation of what isactually observed. Betcha, I am close if not right.

No improvements may be made to what Master has communicated. However, I statethat “the shadow of Light is darkness” by saying the darkness exists as light that doesnot radiate and light that does radiate were Universe is the darkness Masters oftenname, Ignorance, which universe actually is. In our illusory science my notion of Lightexplains everything that exists or will exist in the finite, which in the Western perspectiveis meaningful and in the Eastern perspective is mere illusion holding the spiritualadvancement of aspirants and pilgrims at bay due to bindings. Bindings are here tostay and as a Western man, knowing all that I know, who among us can deny theadventure and challenge of experiencing the Everything in the Nothing as finite realitythroughout eternity?

My reasoning being important as it provides the purpose for which we exist and howthe illusion comes to exist, because this Illusion will not go away anytime soon. It is thework of Universe to realize its genesis and its ending through and by the human beingswe have evolved to become for what ever reasons but especially for the study of allthings in the Community of shared University. This shared continuity providing the Selfwith the finished souls required for the Eternity to come and which IS, there being noparadox.

For my “defense” were I not exceptionally cogent, rational and studied, how would it bepossible for me to assemble all of these known facts in such a manner that would be orappear to be made up, when, I contradict no known facts of science or spirituality whereone supports the clams of the other; and then for what purpose as I make no profit, norgain any personal acclaim by simply stating the facts of our mutually sharedexistences?

If I error in minor matters of factual content it certainly is upon my inability to expressmy notions most clearly and accurately for the reader, and shame on me. Since I seek

of 180

no deceptions, I stand ready to be corrected by any and all, and actually hoping this isthe rule of all study, the sciences of Nature and Mind, we are born to accomplish andno other for the study of everything is and/or includes everything, does it not?

Enough of the philosophy of science and back to human beings who are truly empiricalbeings.

Human Beings from Earth who believe or have reason to believe they have massivebrains and intelligence to match, and think of themselves as being Stars or Plutocratsor other lame inferences about their glory are affectatious “Moroons.” We are sodangerous to our own survival, Baba has reassured us by the following view of things.

Meher Baba has stated that there is another planet under construction which wouldonly require a few millions of years to evolve sufficiently to start us off again, should weagain, destroy this paradise we are steady on accomplishing. One wonders how manytimes this has occurred in the past, given that we are likely 84 millions years old as aspecies and that the Moon, our Moon, is a used up earth. Think about it “Sheeples.”

What is Humankind’s Role in the Life of the Universe

and how do We Achieve our Goals

Despite what you all have been told about humans being inferior creatures and thatthere are Alien Beings far superior to us in every way both in intelligence and functionwithin time and space, the actual truth is much more interesting and requires anamazing amount of personal responsibility to pull off gracefully with the least amountsof collateral damages, the resurrection of the immortal soul in nature, human, Realized.

All souls derive from the One Soul which we are but do not realize it.

The Avatar, who I refer to as Master or Baba, tells us that there are 18 thousandhumanoid planets in the universe. That all souls from these other worlds incarnatetowards Earth which He claims is his Home (I have no doubt), and the only such worldhe returns to again and again, seeking the resurrection of Humanity and the only placethis occurs. I wish to see the apparatus that delivers natures souls to Earth.

I read something recently that was directed or translated by mandali where Master saidhe returns often as an unknown master to uplift humanity to the Knowledge of theirimmortal soul or words to that effect. I have no reason to doubt this revelation byMaster and it gives me renewed hope in the entire enlightenment process. He has also

of 180

stated that he comes back as minor incarnations of the Avatar such as Amenhotep, thesecond Pharaoh of the 18th dynasty of Egypt and his teaching of the one God, one ofthe first monistic religions that existed.

Further, he informs us that this is the only place in the entire Universe of Universesand/or Paramatma (Supreme Being) where Avatar incarnates and where thistransmigration of souls occurs for the specific purpose of bringing the truth of thisKnowledge to humanity to bear upon the perfecting of human beings to find Liberation,and for a few, Realize God, as Man-Gods.

This perfecting of our souls, requires 8 million 400 thousand life times to accomplish bythe unwinding of sanskaric bindings from evolution and thinking.

Such corruptions of soul, suggesting there are ascended perfect masters who seek toenlighten and perfect humans. This is not the case as these things relating to theperfecting of ones own consciousness occur right here and by the efforts of livingMasters, right here, unless one is fortunate enough to be fused in the Love of LordBaba. The One who remains with us at all times as the Love he IS and available to allby simply surrendering our sense of ego and loving him as our own true Self. God isalways desperate for our love of Him for God is Love.

I wish to be very clear, here, by saying that as a child someone or something introducedme to personalities that existed within my consciousness that often guided my innerefforts for the unwinding of the sanskaras still remaining.

Such impressions that bound my soul to reincarnation but only very mildly. I have noidea who these personalities were as all of their efforts in guiding me were mental as ifplaced directly into the stream of my conscious flow.

I suspect now these personalities and they were personalities were likely angelic and/orArchangels, souls of the evolving souls of the illusion in nature who became anglesduring the decent of their souls prior to becoming human. All such Mental beingsrequiring one human life to be perfected.

The first of these inner experiences beginning when I was two or three years old and Ihad a terrible swirling and divided mess in my head that felt like, I would go mad. I waslaying in bed and I asked for help and immediately some warm form moved into theright side of my head and right shoulder.

The swirling chaos was gone in an instant and never returned and I was most gratefulas an innocent child, loving God consciously from then until now, for it was God whocame to me and stayed these many years. God amounting to all I see and do andexperience as reality, seeing no difference, whatsoever, nor even thinking about it. I

of 180

thought everyone must know what I took for granted.

I have had dozens of metaphysical experiences I have no complete explanation for orreason I should have them. Many of these experiences, not being anything related tomy inner experiences (a priori), and only as exterior experiences (a posteriori).

Most of these experiences were disquieting and which I am writing down as a separatepaper or book much as a stream of consciousness for the sake of humor and irony inand of the life process.

Most of these eternal experiences involved Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) andclose encounters with Unidentified entities or beings, none of which I have everexplained to my satisfaction. This is a strange and mysterious world and universe, Ican assure the reader.

Now, returning to my inner life, I could converse with these beings one at a time as theycame to me for different things at different times and periods. There was one inparticular that I loved dearly and could hardly wait to converse with during the nights ofmeditation I always engaged my consciousness to do for my entire childhood to age 17.

I was very sad when he told me another was to replace him for my studies and I still amin some strange way, saddened. The next professor was not so kind or caring and Iwas glad to get beyond all their nuanced teachings as nearly all of these personalitieswere quite unfeeling and ill tempered (cranky) from my perspective.

I think these folks must have been Angels or Archangels for I had no sense of themexisting as corporeal beings but they could sure see my thoughts while not interferingwith my meditative flow and could ask tough questions and expect results. I never feltthreatened nor did I think this was unusual. Is it unusual?

They did not seem to be human or perfected masters except for the one I loved dearlyjust as whatever entered my body first, that saved my soul from dread. I have noreason to make these things up while remaining puzzled for why it occurred for so manyyears or at all.

As I closed in on the fruit of my efforts, I was left entirely alone to do as I may, and forthe longest time, I put off what was evident not wishing to end the chase or adventuresuch activities of the inner experience, I had come to anticipate and adore, especiallyas all in and around me became as veils of gossamer clouds or veils, I could see rightthrough.

While, I was completely alone, I never once felt alone. We are all absolutely alone asthe Self we all are a part of being, where humankind has a very Real function, no longer

of 180

closely held.

No, I am not crazy nor am I delusional and much of the assuredness of my notions andideas come directly from these early experiences to about age 17.

Love such as this that I believe I experienced from a young age until now, we callDevine Love or bhakti, the love as worship of a Master or God, which is not anemotional love such as between a man and women.

Rather, Devine Love is a great abiding peace and contentment in a state where allanxiety is absent and where the finite ego mind is fled. Maybe as a loving mother looksupon her children with comfort in happiness and security or a deep abiding affection asfor a dear friend, perhaps. A true liking of someone for themselves or who they are.

It is much as when I say I love knowledge or truth revealed. It is a Longing for union inthe practice, always filling the lover with greater love. Rumi’s poems (couplets) affectsme just this way as does Baba with this sense of union over-flowing in my head andheart as Bliss in complete relaxation and experienced most of the time even whileasleep. I was aware my Mother always loved me affectionately, for instance.

It may be increased by taking a deep breath or by washing my hands in warm water. Itis natural to love God just as most children do, until someone with a load of sanskarassuggests other wise to the innocent. I am sure Divine love is an addiction of sorts for itknows to bounds or methods of expression.

“Don’t you day dream, People will look and believe there is something wrong with you,”or other ignorant crap just like that. “You will never amount to anything if you don’t dothis or that.” No wonder humans crave becoming a star just like the ones they havebeen taught to worship out of greed and for exploitation.

There is a beautiful picture of Baba sitting on a divan or couch with his right arm on aflowered cushion, his left arm resting on his right leg, hands touching with his right legcrossed over left and the raised foot bare.

His Bliss is felt in a palpable way by just looking at his face were his eyes are nearlyclosed and he is smiling to himself. Amazing, and I have hundreds of pictures ofMaster! I posted the picture on Google Plus.

If one studies ancient history the threads of this world view of perfecting the soul arefound throughout every past epoch and civilization that proceeds us but for thecorruption of the Lords teachings by priesthoods and politicians where philosophy hasmissed the mark in great part.

of 180

Examples of these threads of the perfecting of souls (atmans) are found in the followingsources: The Sacred Books of the East and China by Evans- Wentz containsthousands of such references to such knowledge. This is an immense scholarly workand I own a copy but read the PDF.

The poetry of the Sufi Masters, especially the Divan of Hafez (Hafiz) translated byClark and The Book of Love of Rumi translated by Coleman Barks who does notspeak or read Persian but is sublime in his efforts.

These poets are the reason I have Hope for Islam for the language of theology is oftenmisconstrued and the mystic essence of the words are directed out upon others ratherthan inward to self, the problem of other-centeredness abounds.

The Book of Enoch and Noah and the Watchers for perfecting Mankind is anothersource text as well as the all the “bibles” of the religions the Avatars produced by theirteachings or wrote. No one can tell me Muhammad did not know the effect and affecthis Book would have on a bunch of tribal barbarians much as Jesus had on the knightsof the crusades behaves. Evolving human consciousness is a messy process, even forMasters and God himself.

Meher Baba told us of a 200 thousand year old culture where atmans were much morepleasant than they are today and people were at peace. Everything about Baba isawakening, period.

Resurrection having a far different meaning than which Christianity arrived at by anentirely unnecessary priesthood as some sort of intercessory between man and Godwhich is the great Lie of such religions that practice this notion of necessary faith bytutor and ask you for your tithing.

This Lie expressed best or worst by the murder of the Gnostic Christians who know, noone is required to intercede between man and their personal God. Now, our friends theinsane terrorists are murdering our Coptic Christians.

I am stating that war in this circumstance is required for the destruction of this newmindless expression of a religion I study in Sufism that is gone insane by the teachingsof these priests and politicians, no doubt.

I suppose this was inevitable given the history of Liars and their Lies for Greed andExploitation in the Middle East, especially since these folks who live there are eitherunwilling, unable or both to defend themselves properly.

Again, I wish to be very clear. I am a Sufi in a very real sense and for very good

of 180

spiritual and rational reasons. Zoroaster consolidated these mystics into what passesfor Sufism today.

Sufism being dear to Master for many thousands of years is instrumental in theformation and development of Islam and/or Muhammadanism as Baba wasMuhammad. Baba was also the Mahdi, the redeemer of Islam much as Christ is for theChristians when he returns.

Of course, Master did return and Worked so very hard, even curtailing his own life tenyears to begin the Manifestation process sooner than he had originally planned muchas removing a glass from water and the waters rush to fill the void.

It is most difficult to explain to both these traditions that Christ and the Mahdi have beenhere and left in the same form and body as Avatar Meher Baba. The Being, who haspromised Humankind he will break his Silence should we deserve it.

This by our own works and efforts to evolve and involve our material condition and ourconsciousness of heart and turn from self destruction by our own awareness and effortsin harmony with each other. If I didn’t think it was possible I would hold my breath andsuffocate.

Sufism Reoriented was established by Baba in California to carry the tradition into thefuture, beginning with Zoroaster. The Three Wise Men were Sufis in the time of Jesuswhen they blessed him in manger. Baba was Jesus Christ.

Once when Master was asked why he didn’t tell the Arab tribesmen who he was, Aliand God, he indicated he didn’t wish to be murdered for heresy.

This conglomeration of Muslims and others who call themselves the Islamic State in theLevant (ISIL) or the Arabic acronym Da‘ish or DAESH as a caliphate ruled by a caliph,“a person considered a political and religious successor to the prophet Muhammad anda leader of the entire Muslim community,” (Wikipedia), isn’t.

These folks have taken quotations from the Quran or Koran and other sourcesundefined and determined that the world will return to the Middle Ages when jihad asthe mujahideen will cast the infidels down by slaughter.

Believing their world view is the only world view that is correct and just, as the Law ofAllah is given by Ali and the 12 Imams of the Shia. Iran is a major state of the Shiawhich complicates nuclear disarmament talks somewhat.

Just as the word resurrection has a far different meaning than it does for conservative

of 180

Christians, so do the pronouncements of law found in the sacred books of Islam inmany cases where the word jihad means the religious war against ones inner self, tocleanse one self to receive God into your soul, burned up in Divine fire of Love.

And the concept of resurrection is of the individual soul to find the Self within. I hate totell you fine folks but no one is going to get up out of the ground and sea and live againfrom the dust we all have become innumerable times.

So, these lovely folks of ISIL who proclaim and practice their religion faithfully havebeen burning Christians and Muslims to death, every chance they get, while raping andmolesting their children, and burning children alive or burying them. When they gettired of this loving behavior they engage in selling women and children into slaveryand/or beheading them and men alike.

If they do not forsake their violent beliefs and worship Allah, Muhammad the Profit andMahdi the Redeemer of Islam as their religion prescribes and the Sufi Qutub Mastersdemand as proof of Love, they run the risk of violating their own Laws, and becomingHypocrites. Wow!

Unfortunately, the folks in the West who will likely never get what is going on, willtransfer much of their new found fear to perfectly rational Muslims, here and abroad, aswe bomb a good portion of the Middle-East back into the stone age.

I am not a willing participant to utter madness from either the Moslems as ISIL or thezealot Christians who believe there is a need for a neo crusade, for Christ’s sake.

The ignorance in the world is so palatable you can reach out and grab a handful andeat it. Hence, this paper, as I am really, really tired of stupidity on a grand scale.

I and do call a spade a spade and not by some other ignorant name as the Suits of theEast and West coasts and right down the middle, run around wondering why they areso lacking in an explanation for world chaos.

At the same time we deny what is actually going on and do nothing about it, both liberaland conservative among us in a finite ego-mind set of induced self comfort. We, baby-boomers really understand the language of couch potato and party down as we are theexperts of the world in this regard.

It is hard to believe we have become so timid from the days of open revolution we onceproclaimed loudly. I think Kent State scared us off which was a shame.

Obviously, Master knew this would occur. Maybe, Islam needs a good push to evolve

of 180

as the youngest religion in the World. I am less hopeful that the average AmericanWhite man will learn anything of importance from all this, being just as ignorant as theDAESH believes us to be.

The White male man having enormous difficulty with thoughts of superiority and actingsuperior to all other races when it is evident such ignorance brings us War blunders intoever more costly warfare because we are real men, John Wayne. Real urban cowboysis more like it.

Christians believe your own dead corpses from past lives will get right up and live in theGlory of God when Christ returns for Christians, or something. Resurrection means theprocess of restoring our immortal soul to full Knowledge of its Self and nothing more.

Souls are actually resurrected or reborn in each instance of death with 51 Liberatedsouls alive at all times and 5 Perfect Masters who are alive all of the time, each beingreplaced by one of the 51 Liberated souls.

Each one of 51 are replaced by a newly liberated soul in Mukti and so and so forth allthe way back to the first plane of consciousness in their turn, amounting to 7,000spiritually advanced souls in the spiritual hierarchy at all times.

When Master is here there are 7,001 in this Self made group. The reader may find allthese things in God Speaks and Discourses and Lord Meher on line.

The key to the world is only one, but it is in the hands of the five Perfect Masters.

For example, a safe has only one key, and no other key can unlock it. The five Perfect Masterscontrol the safe - the world.

One Master is the keeper of the key, without which the safe cannot be opened. The second guardsthe safe, which cannot be opened without his prior consent. The third is the one who alone hasthe authority to use the key to unlock the safe. The fourth is the one who has the right todistribute the riches in the safe. And the fifth Master is the one who has the power to authorisethe distribution.

Thus, there is only one key to the world, equally shared among the five Masters. The five PerfectMasters, plus the 51 other God-realized souls (Majzoobs and Jivanmuktas) control the key. The51 are members of the parliament of the five Perfect Masters. 51 plus five equals 56. Thisnumber 56 never changes.

In this way the game of the world goes on and on. All this I am telling you is a secret.

of 180

12 June 1926,Meherabad,LM3 p810

The Lord has 120, actually 122, disciples in his circles who follow him through the agesand which we have very little understanding about, just as Master suggested no onecould grasp the meaning of the picture of him at top with ten levels and 12 disciplessitting inward that represents these concentric circles surrounding him, or the spiritualsignificance of the little jacket he wore for ages.

Of course, most religionists reject these ideas out right which just shows the depth ofspiritual ignorance that abounds in the world. It amazes me when you inform a“Christian” that their Lord and Savor has been here and went, believing you to be somedevil or evil force for the denial of the Rapture to come, and they weren’t notified. Ha!

Ego death being quite painful for most humans to acknowledge or experience, leftwondering why it was ever an issue, once completed, like your first tooth that falls outwaiting for the replacement to grow back.

There are no ways to prove these things except the preponderance of scholarlyknowledge which is substantial and available and consistently consistent with minorexceptions likely due to those who interpreted what Baba actually meant, due to thefact he never spoke for over 41 years, the people around him hardly noticing. The mostenlightened among us all barely glimpsing the true magnitude of his Advent, past,present and to be.

Our sociopathic Plutocratic “masters,” (I. E., control freaks) using their Oligarchminions acting as hired politicians, is another prime example of this same phenomenonof ignorance sublime which dark philosophy states, ‘only those who speak as Liars forthe masses with the Lies of Hate speech to induce Fear in the hearts of “true patriots”must be heard above all other attempts to give voice for providing sanity in governanceand society.’ This is the state of current America and the Public. This is what is meantby darkness.

If anyone requires evidence of what I know to be true, look no farther than the 850million dollar political war chest the Koch Brother’s and other Plutocratic child tyrants are even now putting together to attempt the purchase of the Public’s government in thenext presidential election in 2016.

I have no party but one, the Public and We the People when awakened is the new lifeof service as the new humanity focused on that ability to serve and be served selflessly.

Americans in particular being poised to undertake such a transformation of societywhere work becomes what we study and service to humanity is our focus by the

of 180

acquisition of Knowledge and its discoveries in a Public University for the Synthesis ofKnowledge made possible by the means to communicate everywhere.

Wikipedia, Google Books and Google Robotics and Artificial Intelligence and manyother platforms, groups, sects, cults, religions and organizations, private and public withgovernment at all levels are positioned for such an all pervading socioeconomic andspiritual achievement and renaissance.

We do not do this quickly as we have not yet realized this is the way forward where weall choose peace over war and tell the Liars we are tired of their Lies to deceive us fromawakening to our own potential.

Thus, the consciously willful divisive rhetoric of hate speech, divides the Public againstits own body politic for the nefarious purpose of creating the first super rich Plutocracywithin the structure of our normative Republican Democracy by buying all branches ofgovernment with cash and hate and fear by Lies from the lips of Liars.

The Master was very interested in the new art of film making and thought we should alluse this facility to express our sanskaras and release these coiled impressionsappropriately in personal catharsis. It is a great idea except for the fact the film makershave absolutely no idea what the truth is or how to present it if they did.

So, what did we humans do but begin to create fantastic circumstances out of ourimaginations, revolving around our greatest fears which are about death and dyingand being useless and inferior or of no intrinsic value to be murdered for the slaughter,over and over in social media and entertainment. This demonstrates zero maturitywhile peddling while padding the pocket books of the moguls of entertainment.

Then to exploit the masses while promoting the worship of stars to vicariously andvoyeuristically worship and emulate the equally flawed specimens of Humankindacting as stars; hoping and wishing, we too, will become a star, worshiped and rich.

John Lennon, musician and poetic genius, saw right through this fallacy of the finite egomind and tried to warn folks about their behaviors going awry in the worship of stardomand its emulations stating we are all super stars and we are doing what we can.

Since we made so many under paid and enslaved souls into gladiators in the ancientpast and such, the Plutocrats have seized upon this reincarnated dysfunction of thesoul and its experiences, due to the horrible impressions left upon warriors for greed forsale and slaughter, and created the neo coliseum spectacles for neo slavering crowds.

These ancient societal and personal impressions have created the greatest spectacle

of 180

of all, we now call stadium sports, and especially the most violent forms of these sportslike American football with its brain injuries, and boxing, now mostly replaced with fullbody cage fighting, more savage than mere boxing.

This, while the stars crank out amazingly violent movie one right after the other for littleboys who think this is exciting and something they want to do on the battle fields thePlutocrats wish to send them to fight upon for our “safety” and their Profit while we takecare of the returning veterans who wish to kill themselves in droves.

The endless violence, morbidity and mayhem in movies and games bringing us thedomestic terrorists who love to hose down large numbers of citizens because thematurity to govern the Second Amendment has long fled, hidden away with free speechas the Lies from Liars who wish to sell more guns and ammo to allow us to be safe.

Safe from the very government that protects the right to bear arms that somehowwishes to come and take those weapons away from the Public because of a dealsigned between America and the United Nations or some equally stupid rhetoric.

Now, Americans who love endless violence and murder and mayhem on the silverscreen, wonder why mostly young white males run around the country slaughteringpeople and little children with their warm guns, bang, bang.

All this, so, all of the fantasies and horrors of past ages may be played out with higherwages and less obvious blood and gore as the salivating public has cathartic orgies ofboth food and sex at the expense of others health and well being, all in the name ofgreed and “fun” and “entertainment.” Man, am I impressed!

Don’t let me forget to mention the Military Industrial Complex and endless warfare bydeath on high, around the Gross World Sphere which has brought the terrorists out ofhiding, who were content to just watch this endless violent crap on the two dimensionalscreen, until, the arms dealers provided them with warm guns, as well.

Humans, then go, “why is all this war and talk of war so prevalent, Huh and Duh!?”

Every 700 to 1400 years when Baba as Avatar comes to visit us, these souls fromthese other planets, some being vastly more intelligent than Earth humans and somebeing little more than simian in evolutionary terms, flock to incarnate upon Earth.

They seek to be near Master while exhibiting behaviors we identify as either sociopathicor psychopathic or both. One may not even scratch this itch of pure ignorance as it hasbecome ubiquitous and for many reasons.

of 180

Now, our new generation of mindless nihilists we have created, and often newlyincarnated from more savage planets, but especially by our actions both in the theaterand upon the battlefield and in the stadium creates a very real problem.

These activities have brought about behaviors from this group of souls, not yet matureenough to be responsible for their own humanity, and cast these activist behaviorsabout the Gross World to terrorize many more hapless souls.

This phenomenon reminds me of the children of Cain which were swept from the earthby Noah’s flood due to their inhumanity to humanity who had abandoned God for Greedand Power much as our neo Plantation owners who are sociopathic Plutocrats arebehaving and the insane terrorists their actions to promote war caused to erupt uponthe weak and innocent.

Here, sociopathic psychopath terrorists have learned to slaughter older moreexperienced and mature souls because their fantasies are lifted from some twodimensional computer game or smart phone or extraordinarily violent assortments ofmovies and sports to be experienced by their young hands for the pleasure of powerthey justify with religious tenets.

This endless exposure to ultra violence directly affects their challenged senses andminds, and the endless war their actions towards America and the ‘civilized” world havewrought on their third world views and tribal societies by the “civilized” worlds repeatedincursions on their cultures.

These “wonderful” folks having never established refinement upon the worlds theyincarnate from and seizing upon the utter stupidity of our electronic age of no socialskills, learned from the escape into the two dimensional screen by choice, lacking inreasoned study and a world experience other than urban living, are acting out theirfantasies as if the process of genocide, enslavement, mass rape and the rule of fearare perfectly normal because this is the information they see and hear daily and its justOK!

This is become the new world order of maximum insanity overdrive with few exitsigns or even, exits. Folks need to know there will be no intervention of any kind fromthe Lord this time other than nature, allowing all manner of utter insanity to run rampant“until children fall to their knees in the streets and beg for mercy,” when Grace isdelivered silently as the Word of the love of God for one another, quite spontaneously.

This occurrence coming much like the fall of the Berlin Wall or the Soviet Union but ona vast scale and at a time and place of Master’s choosing. “I shall come as a thief inthe night and no man shall know the time of my coming,” sort of thing, I am certain, aswe shall deliver it to our selves as the Self we are and which is unbeknownst to most.

of 180

Many will immediately drop their vehicles and others will soil their paints while otherswill run around in a state of ecstasy and others will laugh out loud with joy andeverything in between. I really hope I am around to witness this event as this will be athree dimensional rather than a two dimensional phenomenon which I prefer.

Even then, we are given a sort space of time to enjoy our peace and advancedcivilization as I am sure some great dark enemy will be on our backs again, whetherhuman made or from another race of beings, undiscovered.

The Urantia Book informs us there is a race of non-breathers in our solar system. Well, you must show me physically, just as I must be shown that what I actually think Iknow is correct where the universe and Everything derives from and that requires theStudy of All Things to be answered scientifically.

If anyone is looking for a Guru to help you sort out your place in this play, I wouldsuggest, How to Choose A Guru, by Rich Chapman which I intend reading.

When a Master is required an aspirant - disciple is accepted by the Master and not theother way around, except by inference or inspiration derived by the study of a Master bythe aspirant not accepted immediately.

I do not recommend locating a Guru for anyone. When you become ready, the Guruwill locate you through your inner efforts such Perfected ones see. I suggest a life ofresponsibility and immense inner work based in personal honesty if you really have thelonging for a Master and to Realize your Self, awakened from Liberation and nirvan.

It is said: "After cycles and cycles, one gets Fana." This one is then called "Fana-fillah," or onewho has been made one with God. Very few such regain normal consciousness; but one whodoes regain normal consciousness has Sahaj Samadhi. To have Sahaj Samadhi mmeans thatspontaneously and simultaneously one is always in Nirvikalpa Samadhi, and yet is also fullyconscious of the universe. Such a one, when he speaks, eats, moves about, plays, or doesanything, is enjoying Nirvikalpa Samadhi all the time. He is called a "Qutub" which, in Persian,means the Center of everything — the pivot. He is now on every plane of consciousness, onewith God, even on the level of an ant, and simultaneously he is functioning in the gross, subtleand mental worlds; yet he is above everything. Sahaj Samadhi means effortless Oneness. It is assimple and automatic as moving the hands or winking the eyelids.

THREE INCREDIBLE WEEKS, pp. 54-55, ed. Malcolm Schloss & Charles Purdom 1979 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

If you think you require guidance, pray and/or surrender to Meher Baba for his Mercyand Grace. There are so many who claim to be enlightened in todays world you mayactually harm yourself by trying to follow most of them who are not seeking to serve

of 180

your spiritual needs but to enhance their sense of self worth while feeling inferior.

Be patient and quiet within yourself and practice being conscious of being conscious. You will locate your Master when it is time.

WAR

I think it is fairly evident to the thinking public that the World is engaged in some kind ofslow burn, as war. War derives from greed, intolerance and exploitation, all forms ofpronounced ignorance.

This condition of universal war will continue its slow unfoldment or burn until themajority of humans determine a new way is required to obtain the deep abiding needfor safety and economic and social security all strive to obtain.

War is a learned behavior from when we were savage beasts evolving to Human. These impressions where imprinted upon the soul and survive in the service ofignorance. Until humans come to grips with War and its underlying causes little willresolve or change in the human condition we experience today.

Hate and its Fear drives war for in order to murder people and call it justified, someonemust be feared and/or hated to mobilize the ignorant to accept the necessity of suchmurder. The only time war is justifiable is to defend the innocent from the monsters ofgreed who practice war for nefarious purposes. Sometimes war is the work of theAvatar which only the Avatar may explain. War often necessarily evolves Humankind. See Discourses, by Meher Baba.

In the past, either nature, the evolution of conditions or the Lord have intervened tostabilize an out of balance system and restore such systems to a harmonious order.

Nd, really there is nothing that occurs or that is formless and unmanifest that is notGod.

The Wars we are engaged in today will continue to be driven by nature (climatechange), a rapidly expanding and evolving population soon to approach 9 billion souls,and the Lord who has recently concluded his Work in corporeal form and is left us onceagain for His Work (Love) Manifestation to bring what the Lord engineered with such

of 180

Love.

This War all know to exist in some manner will place so much pressure on all that webelieve is proper and sane and hold dear, humanity will undergo a transformation fromneed to change the very manner we operate and live, out of desperation for stability ina World gone mad, far beyond the wars of the past centuries and the new century, aswell.

This portends the breaking of the Silence of Meher Baba. I think I hear, even now, thehooves of his great White Steed coming down off the Hill to overwhelm those clingingto their finite ego minds distorted by the impressions (sanskaras) they love to adore.

This small hill being the place my astral traveling self went to for many years as a childto watch the procession of souls going to a better place, not knowing where this placewas until I climbed that small hill and made my way to Father’s tomb (Samadhi) and Irecognized the place on the inner planes.

The last few times I had visited this ethereal place, I knew not what, were, the long linesof Jews and others who had been murdered by Nazis before I was born, going to theirreward while some were turned away.

I am fairly certain there were many souls from the long march to Pakistan after thePartition of India in 1947. It took several visits to see what was going on as if in a wispydream and then I never went again having completed something else.

The abiding need for safety, stability and purposeful direction for meaning will becomeso great that individuals and groups of individuals such as the United Nations will beforced to turn to collaborative cooperation for support and to find methods of ending thescourge of universal War by correcting the means of its causes, finally, becomingresponsible for their charters.

America could lead the way if there were leaders amongst us who cared about morethan the next election or how the profit margins could be improved if they could justscrew the consumer a little more while hiding the fact of doing it.

The Powers that be, already know something major will have to give and are inching upon the inevitable need to act responsibly which will be something quite new forhumanity to entertain and do successfully to make a lasting impression.

The American Congress remains so divided that nothing of substance to solve theselong standing problems of politics and socioeconomics will find traction until the Hateand its Fear from the mouths of Liars is surrendered by the bigoted racists that have

of 180

paralyzed this great Body of law makers, no more.

Until these beings surrender their own sense of entitlements and rancor this Body willremain impotent in the face of utter stupidity we politely call ignorance.

When the Publics cup is become over full from ignorant racist bigotry such a Congresspractices daily there will be positive evolution. The same will occur around the world inmany burgeoning ways.

When the greatly increased needs of the increasing populations of the Worldcompletely overcome the meager efforts of the United States and World leaders andtheir consuls like the United Nations and World Bank and International Monetary Fundand World Bank to provide the aid to stabilize certain conditions of strife and destitutionand destruction and which time is rapidly approaching, this utter madness will continueto increase as endless conflagration on steroids.

The Plutocrats have nearly stolen all of the wealth of the world and placed it in off shoredomains for safe keeping while the World is allowed to burn to the ground and theywait, in their secreted places only vast wealth may buy, for the extermination of the lessfortunate who are obviously inferior to them. Just ask them and they will shy away.

They too will be surprised when the meek must help them adjust to the responsibilitiesof being served when their ego minds find no meaning in the wealth amassed, theyhave abused for naught, but selfishness and the power of greed.

Only the transformation of the hearts of Men (human beings) will bring a new age and anew humanity in a new life of service to and from one another which is already residenteverywhere if our eyes could but see and our hearts could so move us to change in afundamental manner where peace and stability again become the norm by our sharedcollaborative efforts.

There are many movements around the World, both secular and religious, which seekthis enlightened state of personal and collective conduct by peaceful means. Theproblem is there is no method developed to focus the efforts of these extant groups andinstitutions to accomplish the renaissance required.

They all believe individually they have the answer which is ridiculous on the face ofthings until all such groups come together willingly and place their collective egos onhold permanently.

This paper offers a focused approach for uniting all the various factions and beliefs(cults, sects and creeds) in such a manner that grows the truths and benefits of each

of 180

individual and institution for accomplishing something We have not attempted beforewith this number of souls, ever, a new humanity of service to one another.

The Avatar has said: I am not come to establish any cult, society or organization; nor even toestablish a new religion. The religion that I shall give teaches the Knowledge of the One behindthe many. The book that I shall make people read is the book of the heart that holds the key to themystery of life. I shall bring about a happy blending of the head and the heart. I shall revitalize allreligions and cults, and bring them together like beads on one string. GOD SPEAKS, p. xxxvi 1973 ©Sufism Reoriented, Inc.

A Public University for the Synthesis of Knowledge is such a method and way forwardwhere each system of endeavor and belief may come together to accomplish that whicheach of these individuals and groups know to be true which is we are all in this processtogether and we sink or swim based upon our focused cooperative collaborative efforts.

My method involves an idea and nothing more for it is only accomplished when wedecide to work together for our own safety and the use of knowledge to affect suchchange.

I wish to point out to folks and the lovers of Meher Baba that these things of import donot occur in a vacuum, requiring the immediate efforts of all instead of waiting forsomeone or something to do what is needed to bring a new humanity to existence.

Does anyone seriously believe it isn’t necessary to study all things to thrive andflourish in the 21 Century, soon to be the 22 Century? Time flies, you know!st nd

How does Humanity Thrive and Flourish in the 21 Centuryst

Human beings are but a flash in the pan due to our extremely short life spans, and toprovide proper and pleasant surroundings to newly arriving young souls by birth, wehave the responsibility for doing so in life to each of our own capacities to enhance thehuman condition. This is responsible duty often misplaced.

Believe it or not, I remain an optimist. I don’t think we are facing an Apocalypse. Irefuse to believe that humanity will just make bad decisions compounded by other baddecisions. I don’t think we are fated to fail as a race of beings even though it is the KaliYuga age of darkness.

The reason human being will do what is best for themselves individually and collectively

of 180

is our need when greatly stressed - to survive, thrive and flourish to overcome suchconditions. When we do not respond in this positive manner to great stresses,individually or collectively, civilization fails and has done so innumerable instances inour history long before Babylon.

Never has the Earth been stressed to care for so many which are fairly intent on thevery planet that provides the necessary nature for balanced survival by our continuedbehaviors which are utterly destroying natures ability to sustain our existence.

Many religions have been introduced by the Avatar(s) to guide us through rough timesand good to only be corrupted by “priesthoods” and there “politicians” lining theirpockets and indulging their ego desires.

This is not the circumstance of the advent and manifestation of Meher Baba at the endof this Avataric cycle for he has left it to us the new humanity to live a new life ofresponsibility for ourselves while serving others without thought of gain. Tough road forthose living in this age, no doubt.

I grew up thinking that it is the duty of a man or women to acquire fact basedknowledge and freely contemplate such hard won facts for the purpose ofenlightenment of ones own person and all others in a responsible manner.

I still think this is the case to be made as nothing else but the great ideas of learningand study have ever advanced our cultures over time but the fact of such studies,impressed upon our own conduct and how we behave towards others.

Rousseau has said that “man is born free and is everywhere in chains.” That is thefault of the individual for first not recognizing the chains and then by doing nothingabout the chains of ignorance that bind one to such fate. Sometimes the binding is ofan economic sort or a psychological delusional kind or possibly just pure laziness.

What ever the binding principles that binds one it is your responsibility to do somethingconstructive to over come your induced slavery, rather than expecting someone else todo it for you for you are a victim requiring help. Good luck with that philosophy!

We have become so very close in realizing a new advanced culture and civilizationdespite the neo sociopathic psychopathic nihilists who will destroy themselves much asdid Nazis Germany.

Much of the philosophy of ISIL or ISIS or ad-Dawlah al-Islamiyah fi al-‘Iraq wash-Sham(Daesh or Da‘ish) derives from fascism and/or the Baath (Ba’th) parties of Syria, Iraqand Iran and the meddling of the West which brought extreme violence to warfare from

of 180

both the British and America.

And then there is the parent of this new terrorism exported originally from Saudi Arabia,our old friend, Al-Qaeda. To negative for me but what is one to do. We may not ignoresuch things.

There is a good deal to be said about the actual Religion of Islam and the theologicaloften mystic zeal for the interpretations of Sunni and especially Shia religious Law.

Believe me when I say zealous Christians can not hold a candle to the shear volumesof religious thought that exists and that is followed by adherents of Islam. I have moreto say on this subject.

Boko Haram or officially, Jama'atu Ahlis Sunna Lidda'Awati Wal-Jihad is a vassal stateof Daesh in Nigeria and has slaughtered thousands of people and enslaved thousandsmore all in the name of Allah, whom they have never served remotely.

Can you spell apocalyptic for this is the philosophy that drives these groups at heartmuch as American conservative Christians believe Islam is at war with the West andmore utter ignorance fueling hate speech.

So, what began as internecine civil war between the two major factions of Islam, theSunni and Shia, 1400 years ago, morphed into a political conflict which wasexasperated by the second Iraq war. The Sunni faction that controlled Iraq sincePartition after the First World War was literally overthrown by American “boots on theground.”

The displaced and disaffected Baathist Sunni tribesman who had brutally controlledIraq under Shadim Hussain and very strongly resented American interference andconquest and spawned what is now Sunni dominant ISIL, beginning from the civil war inSyria which rows as an unchecked virial cancer.

Additionally, the conservative religionists and sponsors of terror of Iran and Shiatribesmen expect they will conquer Damascus in Syria and then will go on to conquerJerusalem and the Mahdi will appear.

The Mahdi being the prophesied redeemer of Islam. I am not sure where the Sunnitribesmen of Iraq that support ISIL fit in as they profess the same theology of the Shiain essence.

It is so complex a university of scholars and scribes is needed to ferret out the truth. Ihave a plan.

of 180

The resurrection will follow shortly after these events according to the Shia mystic holybooks, Al-Jafr said to exist in eight volumes. I have found the 1st volume in 763 pp.and 8 volume in PDF in 550pp. Lord! You may find these and many related texts inth

Pdf right here: http://theislamicperspective.org/e-books/ahadith/

It is interesting that a top Muslim cleric Ahmed al-Tayeb ,the head of Al-Azhar, tellscounter-terrorism forum in Mecca that there is a link between extremism and badinterpretations of the Koran. Well, if this isn’t the problem, bend over and grab yourankles, look up, and kiss your ass good bye. I think the result of error would meanendless Conflagration. Lovely!

These subtle complexities are not easily to be sorted out by the scholars of today. It islikely the Mahdi in the person of Avatar Meher Baba who was also the ProfitMuhammad has left this puzzle for all of us to solve, whether by war or peace or both orneither.

Honestly, the religions taught by the Avatar no longer remotely resemble what hetaught. Religion transformed in the hands of priests and politicians has never been agood thing for humanity as evidenced by the slaughter down through the ages suchsectarian religions have wrought.

We must steel ourselves for the push to an enlightening society with a central idea doaccomplish the formation of the New Humanity. The way forward depends upon twoprinciples, one socioeconomic and the other educational.

The social part being humanitarian in nature, the economic part being equality andequity in the market place for all and the educational part being community in universityfor the study of all things and directly associated with our work.

Much of the integration of our educations and our jobs or chosen work by study is wellunder way. The President, Barack Obama, has called for two years of paid juniorcollege as trade school or introduction to higher learning which directly supports higherwages based upon an advanced degree. Most of Europe already does this selectiveprocess as does Japan.

It is more likely to see a cold day in Hell that to see the ignorance of the White maledominated Congress do anything that would help built an advanced and thrivingcivilization of new life humanity.

You know, God truly Loves Humankind but I am sure there are those among us who hesimply does not like in a personal way. He has said that Eruch a close Disciple wasone of few he liked personally. Do not underestimate the power to like. Manymarriages would profit from this notion, not to mention the rest of us.

of 180

I am not suggesting America adopt other nations formuli for success, but ratherbecoming life long students one and all from pre-kindergarten to old age and basingsuch educational opportunities upon the work we choose to do where wages andeducation are earned by the efforts of the student worker which contribute to the fruitsof their study from the discovers made from such studies.

What must be overcome is the idea that the work we do is some sort of automatic classsystem. To overcome this notion of economic casting, the institutionalization of higherwages for any chosen work, while being educated and involved in the study of allthings, each to their own abilities, thus creates, an enhanced society by a stableeconomy and continuing life long education geared to the occupations chosen and/ormodified over time.

Just because someone is a waitress or waiter or a plumber or ditch digger or a CEO ortrain conductor doesn’t mean there should be such disparity in wage assignmentswhere all Americans are not reimbursed sufficiently to guarantee and provide securityand safety for the wage earner, every wage earner.

If families or even individuals are forced to work in two or more jobs to survive theninequity in the market place exists and divides the nation into rigid economic classes orcastes that become so ridged it fails the very idea of nation and government of thepeople, by the people and for the people and replaces this great ideal with governmentof the Plutocrats, by the Plutocrats and for the Plutocrats shall not perish from theearth. America isn’t India, where India actually is beginning to get it, no castes.

Not only is this contrary to the sense of fairness and equity and equality in oursocioeconomic process and reality that has distinguished America from all other nationsbut it is just flat wrong, headed to perpetrate by those of means who, obviously, do notcare as they behave as sociopaths without a conscience, the child tyrants that theybehave like.

Class systems and caste systems do not work because these systems encourage the“Three Demons” of greed, intolerance and exploitation which is the goal of capitalistic,socialistic and communistic economic models all of which either have failed or arefailing, miserably, for these systems do not sustain society and culture for all equally oreven equitably.

The evidence of this failure being the enormous divide between the rich and the poorright here in America which is leading to the collapse of the middle class by not allowingthis generation to pass along the fruits of their labors to new generations unless you arestinking rich and quite by design of the Plutocrats who are orchestrating this folly.

of 180

America has known how to create the sustainable economic system which providessafety and advancement for all equally since before the Revolutionary War. Thissystem is referred to as Free Enterprise where everyone works for themselves and forall others equally in the process and reality of cooperative collaborations in the workplace and, now, tied directly to continuing dynamic education.

This is the system which gave the citizen worker, unions and cooperatives and the spiritto help ones’ neighbor when their barn burns to the ground and we come together tohelp build a new one. The Capitalists and their Plutocrats have nearly destroyed thisfundamental insight into equity, fairness and equality in the work place and society.

I remember clearly this approach to societal evolution in my life time which is quicklybeing replaced with divisiveness and selfishness when the Plutocrats charge that thosein need are takers and socialists and more utter ignorance they successfully Lie aboutas the Liars they have become due to greed and an abiding desire to control others,believing they know best.

The primary mode of wickedness these swell folks perpetrate upon the Public is the useof Hate speech and the Fear it engenders which the weak willed flock towards like thesheep they are, requiring a mysterious enemy to fear, to provide meaning in their dulllives and perspectives, and dividing that great Public against itself, demonstrated by ourfailed political system these lizard brains have achieved by their efforts based in thedelusions of their Lies from the lips of Liars.

So, socioeconomic and political science thinkers such as my self come along and saywait just one minute, for there is a paved way forward that does not detract from thewealth of those who must have wealth due to their unnatural greed and those who justwish to enjoy a stable and safe life with hope and possible advancement for themselvesand their progeny for hundreds of generations to come as we engage our selves in thestudy of all things.

And it is just that simple if those of us who understand such things simply cooperate tocollaborate across all socioeconomic barriers, private, public and governmental tosustain success in an advancing civilization for the common good.

Thinkers like John Stewart Mills, David Hume, Emmanuel Kant, Francis Bacon, ReneDescartes, Jean Jacques Rousseau, Gottfried Leibniz, Thomas Jefferson, ThomasPaine, Henry David Thoreau and William James and many other superb genius’s havegiven us all the tools needed to succeed.

I will include such mystics as George Gurdjieff, since Mr. Rick Chapman found him tobe of value, I having purchased some of his books which I never read and thinkingsome of his notions to have value in producing higher super conscious states and

of 180

mystic insights being a Christian Mystic myself. See The Fourth Way by P. D.Ouspensky a disciple of Gurdjieff and All and Everything a trilogy by Gurdjieff a coupleof thousand pages long.

President Barack Obama has always understood this great divide and inequality ofwealth, allowing the recovery of a society in deep recession to successfully recover byfostering the amassment of huge amounts of wealth and liquid assets withoutprosecuting the criminals who caused the economic Recession to occur, while callingfor tax reform and equity in wages, unheard by those he kept from prosecution.

Since, the conservative movement has determined that taxing great wealth and thatmost of the Public are simply takers from the horn of plenty there is little accomplishedto correct this fallacy. Frankly, the very base who supports these greedy notions andwho are often economically challenged suffer from delusions that are contrary to theirown best interests.

This is, in fact, the campaign of hate and its fears that the Plutocrats have waged todivide the Public from itself into two ignorant political parties specifically to divide thePublic politic against itself for their nefarious purposes which is the complete control ofthe market place for themselves, enslaving normal citizens in a false stratified economiccaste system.

The fundamental reason I believe this philosophy of positive change is most importantis the purpose of developing the minds and hearts of the maximum number of souls forthe harvest of such souls for the eternal works ahead and because such societal safetyand peaceful comfort is much more pleasant than the world view of both the Plutocratsand/or the terrorists, seen being totally different, yet, causing each other to exist.

The Plutocrats being engaged in the pathology of the sociopath as the child tyrantcontrol addicts they have become and the pathology of the terrorists who are bothsociopathic and psychopathic at the same time where both groups of miscreants arecompletely other centered, seeking to control all they may without regard to theinalienable rights of the innocents and humble and meek, just seeking shelter from thestorm of madness these miscreant folks induce and push upon society as a whole.

This phenomenon is accomplished by the Plutocrats that control the Military IndustrialComplex and the lobbyists who by deception and Lies pound on the Public to fear ourenemies to such a degree they must support War, and War all of the time.

Such War, creating hundreds of thousands of traumatized peoples and especiallychildren who are enlisted in an effort to fight the power of the American military bybecoming radicalized to the degree of terrorism and nihilism.

of 180

Our conservatives, even now, engaged in that slow drum beat to war on the ground tosatisfy the lusts of those Plutocrats that have always profited greatly from the moneytax payers pay to support such efforts that sustain War. And, soon when the Plutocratshave bought our government and control the government of the People, such taxpayers will pay for War, eternal.

Then, of course, the huge amount of money spent to address the physical and mentaltraumas suffered by our soldiers who have bravely and courageously defended withtheir blood and bone, our nation, under false pretenses that they were called to protectand defend.

The Plutocrats of industry that provide services to veterans and their wounds willcontinue indefinitely obtaining the tax payers wealth in service to the needs of veteranswho are often treated as takers the conservatives have been taught to loath.

Thus, with great satisfaction, the recruiters of warriors, Plutocratic and Terrorist alike,influence our Daughters and Sons of the Revolution and the zealots of a falseinterpretation of a religion to continue to through their bodies on the pyre of endless anduseless War, the arms dealers support equally, all in the name of Hate and Fearcontrolled by the Liars who Lie to all of us all the time, stating there is no way forwardfor Peace and growth but only War. Both such desperate groups of evil intent beingcreated one from another.

Conservative disciples of delusion and its illogic and unreason, unable to apprehendsuccessfully this dialectic principle of ignorance shared, being the cheerleaders forpatriotism and its Wars.

These deluded thinkers denying that their world view is incomplete and lacking in anysense of balanced and focused maturity in cogitation and rational conclusion, where theideas of peace and plenty for all are eluded and excluded by conscious willful intent.

Only Liars and lovers of Liars are capable of such mental gymnastics of darkness all inthe names of greed, intolerance and exploitation to serve their dark masters of profit.

While, the purveyors of religious jihad Lie to represent their zealous unhuman nihilisticattacks based upon the romantic notion that they represent the true face of their religionas described by the history of their faith as it was intended to be for the destruction ofthe infidel and their Crusades.

Both groups are absolutely false and delusional in their views of what is civilizationwhile one form of induced insanity merely stimulates the other for the increasedmadness both seek for the purpose of Profit in War.

of 180

All this due to the lack of personal courage, guts, to live an authentic life based in theacceptance of others and service to all as our own true Self. I will not cease to be theircritic and frankly do not wish these dark ones well, even knowing they are in fact myown true Self, this a departure for me from the teachings of Baba, simply because I seeno need in the building of souls for such darkness to exist.

For if we are this screwed up and the Real Self behaves in a manner to foster thesebehaviors in souls becoming Self, then I have entirely missed the need of suchexperiments for the production of perfect souls in the far eternity, where by, I may bewrong and incorrect but weary of the need to continue this atrocity of spirit. So, DivineLord, why do you do as you do for the sake of the Free Will to correct its own illusorybehaviors.

This being the fundamental divide I feel, seeking clarification from the Divine Wisdom toalleviate my wonderment of such behaviors by allowing the astounding evil to continue.

Someone, prove to me I am incorrect or wrong, please. It all makes me feel like PigPen with a cloud of heavy dust all about me and no clean blanket to lay upon, nor placeto place it.

My spirit calls out in the wilderness of existence seeing little purpose for the conduct ofthe illusion as it stands, and the Western need to service the demands of spirit, thus,hard won by personal courage out of a divine sense of justice and fair play taken fromthe hands despots and men of evil intent, by the protection of the innocent, sick andold.

Intelligence, consciousness and universe

I wasn’t going to discuss intelligence in this paper for it is a most complexly simplediscourse. From my limited perspective intelligence permeates everything and is notnecessarily associated with consciousness but is in fact much more like the scaffoldingof consciousness and its thinking. If it moves it thinks in other words. Its like time astime only exists when there is motion, motion being the carrier of the force, time.

The Real Infinite Intelligence of the Everything or Light (c^2) sees all things as they are,the infinite as the infinite and the finite as the finite or Reality and Illusion or theEverything and the Nothing respectively.

of 180

The False Infinite Intelligence of the unlimited infinite Nothing sees the Infinite as finiteand the finite as infinite as the reversed mirrored reflection of the first radiance of theLight which traveled zero meters because it radiated it radiated in the infinity as theinfinity as the Everything at once. The light of the Nothing actually moved in a mediumas it perceived the infinite as finite and caused universe. This is the state of the Dualitywhich I have spent some time on in a more conversational tone, rather than technicaldiscourse.

I began thinking like this quite spontaneously when I was in the single digits and still doall the time, learning more about such things each day. The actual thinking processthat is arising thoughts and fading thoughts leave no new fresh sanskaras in my mind tounravel for am not attached to these thoughts at all.

I only view impressions (sanskaras) with my full unobstructed consciousness observingconsciousnesses, like a formless form, or in the Sunyata (emptiness) and Tathata(suchness) of a very nice satori long ago perfected. I haven’t been attached to anythingbut Love and Bliss for many years having rid my mind of the false finite ego mind all ofus must undergo eventually.

You must understand that the human being experiencing this state of consciousness isnot confused by much of anything, seeing the false as false or False and the real asreal or Real. The uninitiated average person likely thinks I am quite mad or deludedwhich is not the case what-so-ever. My mind is clear like a fresh spring morning withdew upon the grass and leaves and a sweet smell in my nose, all the time, even whileasleep.

I have no time for conscious willful self induced ignorance, however, as this is thedisease of the limited mind and harms all of Humanity all the time it is engaged. Youfolks who live this way would not appreciate being anywhere near my person, I assureyou.

Many of us with great talent and highly refined ego minds often engage in discussionsof what genius is or who is a genius. MSNBC is going to have a special presentationabout genius. Well that’s all good and fine but most actual geniuses go unknown andunappreciated as the average person with few lives under their belts has no idea whata genius is or what or how they think.

For instance Doctor and Professor Steven hawking, whom I appreciate very much hasnever demonstrated to me this faculty of genius. He is very intelligent and talented, ofcourse, but frankly he doesn’t hold a candle to Leonard Susskind for many reasons. Both men are hard scientists not believing in a universe caused by a Divinity. Hawkingsuggesting that the Law of Gravity just was or just existed causing all to just happen.

of 180

For many years, three decades, he posited that Black Holes eat information and thatinformation is then gone forever and then recanted his views a few years ago, beingforced to agree with Dr. Susskind and others that information is never lost as in a Law,the conservation of information. See: The Black Hole War: My Battle with StephenHawking to Make the World Safe for Quantum Mechanics by Doctor LeonardSusskind.

Leonard Susskind and Gerard t'Hooft realized the threat, Susskind and t'Hooft realizingthat our world is a hologram projected from the outer boundaries of space.

Well, I am no mathematician but rather a geometrist and I don’t agree with any of them. So are they geniuses or are they intellectuals with a great talent for mathematics? Thisbeing but one example of what delineates a genius.

Personally, I think a genius is anyone one who is able to look into the fundamentalbasis of things and discover some underlying principle that is explainable to otherpeople and supported by scientific observation and measurement over time beingstatistically valid and reliable across all results, both a priori and a posteriori.

Doctor Hawking believed he was correct for thirty years and had to admit he wasn’t. Doctor Susskind thinks we are but a hologram projected from deep space somewhereto here.

I feel perfectly confident and sure that no explanation of creation exists or willever exist that is correct, either a priori and/or a posteriori, that does notrecognize the hand of a Divine being in all things manifest and un-manifest,moving or not moving, conscious or unconscious, and you may carve it in stone.

I know Jack White the musician is a genius as is Mozart and Beethoven and Bach andRavi Shankar.

I know Albert Einstein was a genius and he couldn’t add up his pocket change, this toldto me from my Father, who studied under his tutelage at Cal Tech and couldn’t get themath.

I know the physicists Richard Phillips Feynman, Max Planck, Leonard da Vinci, IsaacNewton, Faraday, Maxwell, Bohr, Oppenheimer, Euler, Democritus, Sagan, Hoyle,Tesla and Kirchhoff to name just a few were all likely in that genius category. Somemore than others are capable of locating profound elements of the reality and some theReality.

Some that have Realized Reality are Sai Baba of Shirdi a Qutub, Socrates, Percy

of 180

Shelly, Ramakrishna, Babajan (female Sadguru), and 51plus five more in everygeneration born for the last 84 million years or so. This number does not include themasters of the 5 and 6 planes of consciousness who have attained to Realth th

Knowledge and all quite Illusionary in Reality.

From my perspective, I honestly believe that the average normal human being,possessed of talent, creativity, intelligence and the sanskaras of evolution, including theendless stream of rising and falling thoughts, wouldn’t know what a genius was untilone of them walked up and bite them on the ass and I mean no disrespect.

The actual process of genius involves much more than the average human being isgifted to comprehend. Simply put, genius derives from much inner work where theinner work produces genius, few geniuses being just born, given what they are bornwith is used in a manner others see to work. Most geniuses going completely unknownby their personal choice to remain anonymous to protect their safety and its privacy.

I am quoting below what the Master has to say about Intelligence which I ran acrosswriting this chapter.

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN CREATION AND REALIZATION

Meher Baba

The subtle and gross universe — the whole creation — comes out of Infinite Thinking, becausethe creation means the infinite imagination of the Infinite Thinking. The producing point of thisInfinite Thinking is known as Ahur Bindu, the Om Point, the Maheshwar Point, from whicheverything — the whole subtle and gross creation — has issued forth.

The atom of Infinite Thinking, when unvibrating (or unconscious), contains within itself the fineor latent universe (imagination). But when it vibrates — becomes conscious — the subtle andgross form of this universe (or imagination) is produced or manifested — in other words, created.

Infinite Thinking is one and eternal. When done finitely, It is finite, and when done infinitely, Itis infinite. When done falsely, It is false, when done really, It is real; and when not done at all, Itis "no-thinking." When falsely thinking as the infinitely falsely thinking Infinite Intelligence (orthe infinite false I), Infinite Thinking realizes or thinks the universe (imagination). When reallythinking as the infinitely really thinking Infinite Intelligence (which is the Infinite Real Mind orInfinite Real I), Infinite Thinking realizes (or thinks) Itself.

Thus the universe, which is the subtle and gross imagination, comes out of or is created by theInfinite Thinking, which means consciousness. In other words, Infinite Thinking is the Creator ofthe whole universe through Its atom point.

When Infinite Intelligence starts to think, It creates (that is, produces and manifests) the universe

of 180

— which before this had existed as fine imagination — in subtle and gross form. When InfiniteIntelligence thinks falsely, It realizes Its subtle and gross imagination which Its thinking hasmanifested. This realization of the imagination (or universe) constitutes the conscious state.When Infinite Intelligence thinks really, It realizes (or thinks) Itself. This is the superconsciousstate. And when Infinite Intelligence does not think, It produces nothing and realizes nothing, noteven Itself. This is Its unconscious state.

So, strictly speaking, the universe is produced by Infinite Thinking (or consciousness) and not byInfinite Intelligence directly. The universe (or infinite imagination) is ignorance. The universeitself is not false thinking; rather, it is the production of thinking realized as real through falsethinking. In brief, then, the Infinite Intelligence produces the universe through Its InfiniteThinking, realizes the universe through Its false thinking, and realizes Itself through Its RealThinking.

Solely because of false thinking, Infinite Intelligence realizes the originally and really most-finiteimagination (or universe) as infinite and Its infinite Self as finite. Ultimately, because of RealThinking, Infinite Intelligence realizes the originally most-finite imagination (universe) as indeedmost finite and Its real, infinite Self as infinite.

INFINITE INTELLIGENCE, pp 10-122005 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

And you think I write difficult paragraphs! There is little I do not comprehend or knowcontained within the paragraphs immediately above and that makes me very happy. The last paragraph above the dilemma of creation and all that occurs and mostimportant to understand fully or what fully may mean to each of us.

The Avatar is always a Genius when the advent occurs every 700 to 1400 years, righthere on this planet for the last 84 million years. However, Baba has indicated that Manbegan as 14 foot tall and will end at 5 or 6 inches tall which has always made mewonder if we didn’t originate on a low gravity planet like Mars for instance and that wewill fade away in the eternity of time on a much more massive body, somewhere acrossthe galaxy or even in our own solar system.

My understanding and vision of our future differing from Baba, somewhat because Imay not have received all the facts when I looked into the matter years ago, seeing ourfuture as a heart and brain, able to move about at will, by the powers of our mindsalone and being much larger than 6 inches, possibly due to my visualizations not goingfar enough into the future which really all ready occurred and now happening inpersistent time.

He has, also, told us the OM point is not far from Earth, what ever not far means whentalking about distances between solar systems and such, causing me to think that ourfinal Home may be closer to this Home rather than farther.

of 180

Master rests from the threshold between the infinite Light and the finite light and Workshere on Earth for the harvest of perfected souls. The OM point existing as describedabove is likely that Threshold and If it were me I would want my Work closer rather thanfarther away. Just saying.

Now, if you are still with me, do you see what I mean about including this chapter in thisdiatribe? For certain the reader must know by now that I am either totally nuts or Iactually know things about what IS. Either way, I don’t care as I do what I do because Imust do it and I enjoy the doing. I think my Sister may appreciate this tale of Reality. Iknow I do for time grows nigh for a different continuing adventure.

of 180

The Real Goal of Sustaining Societal Epiphany

Here, in this short paper, I offer a method for bringing all sects, creeds and cultstogether “like beads on one string” as the duty which presented itself to me many yearsago and is now formally proposed as a viable means to do so. This process and reality,if undertaken by Humanity, certainly is the breaking of the Avatars Silence from out ofHis deep Eternal Silence, in the hearts of Humankind, God willing.

This great “miracle” does not take place in the void or without our full support to do soas no one and no thing will cause this change to occur within us all but ourselves andthe personal responsibility to act on behalf of all others for the advancement andintegration of knowledge by study in accord with our work we actually do to survivetoday and without such a University that is required to truly succeed.

I have worked and proposed to establish and build a Public University for theSynthesis of Knowledge since I was seventeen years old, beginning in 1967. I am 67years old as of the writing of this paper. I had not connected my work with the AvatarsWork until I read the Discourses and God Speaks during 1968 and 1969 nor did I fullyappreciate the need to do so, until fairly recently, when my brain and its heart finallymatured. DUH!

My quest is geared towards the American Public but really will know no bounds ifsuccessful in the implementation, just as normative Republican Democracy hastransformed the whole World for human rights and justice for all as we flounder aboutnationally and the Middle East nations learn how to govern without slaughtering eachother peoples.

Our very democracy, under assault by the very people who claim to be the patriots anddefenders of democracy and who wish to destroy and deny the Public’s access to sucha democracy at every political wicked turn they may devise, including the polls.

The why of which is the hate of those who think much more clearly and better than theydo which is placed before them by their inability to govern now that they have the power

of 180

to do so.

In the Army, we say, “lead follow or get out of the way!” I would say to Congress, eithergovern normatively, allow those who know how to govern normatively or get the hell outof Congress as you are suffocating a nation with your Hate and Ignorance. You knowwho I am talking too, don’t you?

The prototypical model for University is extant as the National Aeronautics and SpaceAdministration (NASA), so, we know it works but has not involved the entire Public forsuch study and work opportunities which I wish to correct by the expansion ofinfrastructure and jobs associated with study for all, equally, each to their capacities.

When I began my quest for positive change, NASA was in its infancy and there was noextant model to work from. This is no longer the case and evidenced by suchentrepreneurs as Elon Musk and Richard Branson and several other like mindedindividuals like Warren Buffet and including the current master architect, PresidentBarack Obama who has completely revitalized NASA right under the nose of thosewho believe the moon landings were faked and other equally ignorant crap.

I can not even imagine the competing demands placed on this President from day one,the magnificent job he has done and the complete lack of support from a party ofbigoted racists, I often refer to as: Rancid Red Rabid Rowdy Reactionary RadicalWhite Right Religionist Republican Racist Rascals. These living dead stink to highheaven and the moderate conservatives that allow this sickness to spread are culpableand do not deserve our respect.

I am very sure Baba will scold me severely for my attitude about my fellow lovingbrothers and sisters who appear to only love Lies and from the mouths of Liars. Actually this extraordinary hypocracy and behavior of racist bigots is exactly what theAvatar tells us must be struck from the World Order to allow a New Humanity to exist,despite the fact it is meaningless and purposeless in Reality as per exactly what theAvatar has told us. Being a mere human, this behavior from my fellow travelersdisgusts me personally and always has.

The actual behavior of these individuals of darkness (willful ignorance) is exactly 180degrees out from the practice of the New Life of serving one another in a loving,compassionate and kindly respectful manner as the egoless state required to allow usall to advance as an intuitive society based in truth and truths science of facts..

I could delineate and justify every adjective of my generic sentence above. But, lo andbehold, I stay out of Politics and always have while using my Free Speech as best Imay. One must understand the difference between Love and like to obtain any senseof my disgust with Liars whom I love but whom I do not like their behaviors and who

of 180

keep Ignorance “alive and well” for these folks threaten the whole of the World withtheir willfully conscious Lies. Worlds without end. I make no apology to God oranyone. I mean what I say and I say what I mean. Wake up!

The enlightened endeavor for University that I forcefully suggest is required to surviveand thrive is diversely underway, while remaining only partially integrated and focusedfor the benefit of society as the Public. Again, NASA is unconsciously creating theUniversity system I suggest must become the model for our mutually shared andcommunity based futures. It makes perfect sense and it is by law completely selflessand public serving in all NASA does and is mandated to do, so why not provide thismodel to the whole of the Public for it conforms perfectly with what the Master hascalled us to do.

You may see and feel exactly the synergistic effects and affects NASA provides tomankind by just watching and listening to its employees who could be each of us in ourown capacities for this system breeds optimism, meaning and purpose for all to actuallylove what we do and who we do it with if implemented on a grand scale, simplybecause it works and works well as a benign and benevolent impersonal implementortaking the limited finite ego of each of us out of the equation for the common good of allequally and equitably which it is created to do successfully.

Just because this Agency is demonstrating the transcendental effects of positivechange required for a much better and peaceful society does not mean it will succeed.

First, we must awaken to the fact that this model of Western science is adaptable to allwe do and will do for centuries to come where off planet is inevitable. Then we musttailor how each of us would participate in such a University system of the study of allthings which really is the job of educators and scientists and each of us who work andstudy within the definition of sanity asUniversity.

In other words we all do not feel like we are part of something important like going tothe Moon as a nation united any longer. It is due to poor leadership and nefariousactivities tailored to divide us as demonstrated by the profound ignorance that iscreated by design by the Plutocrats to deny equality and equity for all out of pureGreed, Intolerance and Exploitation of others by those seeking economic slaves to dotheir nefarious bidding.

Additionally, private individuals such as President Jimmy Carter, President WilliamClinton and Bill and Melinda Gates and Jeff Bridges and many others are making greatstrides in the war on hunger, poverty, empowering women, focusing attention on theslave trade of women and children, distribution of vaccines, water purification kits,malaria prevention, AIDS and all outbreaks, and netting for malaria prevention andgreatly increased educational opportunities and thousands of other initiatives andincentives is and has transformed the third world while We, the People continue to

of 180

decline due strictly to greed, intolerance and exploitation of our citizens at home.

Bill G. might be a tad over zealous at times amassing a huge data base of personalmedical records in academic files on school age children without parental consent andother interesting gymnastics with Monsanto and hybrid seeds Europe has stopped as aone man show which I could say about all of these efforts of the new humanists. Canyouimagine the benefits to all of us if these folks simply cooperated to collaborate onwhat they do integrated together in University which would diminish their huge egoswhich keeps them from coming together in the firstplace.

Much work is underway to greatly improve education and fight systemic poverty andhunger in America by groups and individuals of means, despite and no thanks to thecurrent failed political system that was originally tailored by geniuses to preventnegative outcomes for the Public by shared normative and responsible governance.

This was expected to continue from the works of government and the Congress beforethe Plutocrats divided the Public against itself in divisive political parties to take ourcollective Eye off the ways and means and methods for unifying and healing suchdivisions and problems for the improvement of our nation for all, equitably and equally.

This is what the West does best and what will allow humanity to come together andlove God as he demands we do for it is in service to others that his demands for loveare met and exceeded synergistically awaiting His arrival once again in 700 years or so.

The Plutocrat and Oligarch conservatives of my generations, having missed the rareopportunity to govern for the good of the Public whom they serve and benefit from. Allthis due to our bigoted racism of Hate Speech and its engendered Fear we continuallypeddle like a bicycle in place, going nowhere, but to a delusional self induced hellwhich is Feared ecstatically, while praying for the end times and the Rapture for theresurrection of the righteous who many believe themselves to be, and who must bestopped and enlightened and soon.

This is likely the very miracle of the breaking of Silence by Master to heal as thedisease it represents in the hearts of those who wish to have the Love of God and turntheir backs upon his natural mercies and grace at every turn from ancient times to nowin the worship of vanity and hubris as the living dead often do.

Such a wasted meaningless effort these devils have made to control all others, all in thename of Power and Greed, Intolerance and Exploitation by the purchase of ourGovernment.

Revolution will be the result and it won’t be pretty, just as is the Civil War that is stillbeing fought due to the remaining impressions of Hate and its Fear which are most ugly

of 180

and evil. This is ignorance in action and knows no bounds and remains unnecessary.

The missing component of governance is and has always been the People which all ofthe endeavors for rights and institutions were created to serve for profit and/or good.

Now, we have a situation that is willfully seeking to entirely take the control of theserights of governance away from the individual to speak freely and vote as the nefariousseek to keep the First Amendment to the Constitution unrealized by limiting our citizen’sRight to vote, especially minority groups and individuals.

This wickedness must be curtailed and stopped, out right, just as these sameindividuals have sought to make the Second Amendment to the Constitution sacrosanctfrom reasonable governance with the same free speech they seek to nefariously limit.

The alternative to the implementation of these sane and mature ideas of Universityand other progressive notions known to exist and function well, I suggest, is thepopulation of the World will continue to increase almost exponentially despite efforts tocurtail over population and the degradation of the environment will continue due toGreed and its supporters.

Due to a lack of method and focus for providing sufficient meaningful and purposefulwork and expanded educational opportunities, this process and reality of unsustainablepopulation growth will cause extreme unrest and then panic, producing a cycle ofendless war and strife for the majority of humans, until the collapse of society for morecenturies of stupidity in war.

Tough, we are placed in the present to achieve fusion with the One Reality whichnegates all purpose and meaning in the doing, it does not preclude the fact we mustcontinue to survive and thrive in a loving peaceful society to bring the general stabilityand safety to actually focus upon what Master expects us to do which is love oneanother as our self and God for the successful education for production of Souls to dothe Work of His Divine Plan we know next to nothing about.

All of this current chaos is avoidable if we chose to engage with each other on theissues for solutions to our problems we all face and coming to a theater near you and me soon.

Climate change will be the last spike in our collective spine, caused in great part by theignorance of war and its greed which will fail society. When Miami, Florida, USA hasone or two feet of Ocean water in the streets, there will be hell to pay for our lack ofvision for our responsibility to future generations as the stewards of a bountiful naturalWorld in decline as the failed collective purpose for our continued sustainment ofHumankind and our planet, Earth.

of 180

It is tragic enough that we are now fighting many of the terrorists that were created bythe Liars who Lied to the Public and involved our Nation in a false war for Greed, just aswe were Lied too for engaging in the Viet Nam Conflict, while these same miscreantsthat sought to sacrifice our treasure in the blood of our veterans, again, wish to repeatthe same error upon the field of battle in the same country and area they orchestratedthe false war in the first instance of false war for greed, two trillion dollars and counting.

It is likely between much more costly when the veterans served by the VeteranAdministration and the hidden costs are fully understood and calculated by the properagencies of government such as the Government Accountability Office (GAO) andCongressional Research Service (GRS) which claims the cost was 1.6 trillion dollars. The past health care costs are not stated in the Summary.

The total conservatively by 2023 is expected to be at least 2.6 trillion dollars. The BaseDepartment of Defense (DOD) non-war budget until 2011 was 5.24 trillion dollars andshould be included and then there is the Department of Homeland Security which is thesecond largest government agency, the DOD being the largest expenditure always. Watson Institute 2011.

DOD Weapon Systems Acquisition for fiscal year 2014 is 1.5 trillion dollars which wasjust one area of six of critical areas of concern to fund properly according to the GAO.

The Department of Homeland Security has spent 791 billion dollars since 9/11 until2013. We must ask ourselves if this organization that just keeps growing is the secondDOD at Home? National Priorities Project sited.

I have no idea why Republicans say they Hate Big Government and continue to grow anew tumor on the face of the Public for a Department that was not, nor is it, necessary. They sure do not hate big money, obviously, kiss, kiss.

And, then, where are the Democrats who talk a equitable and equal game and do littlein the face of childish ignorance. You can always tell a Democrat but you can’t tellthem to develop a back bone, the President and a few others of note being the onlyexceptions.

These realities are governed by a totally dysfunctional Congress that would just as soonthrow the President in prison or drive him out of office like Nixon was forced to dobecause he was a criminal, or far worse, based on the Rabid language and its rhetoricthat come from the lips of Liars every single day who are just like Donald Trump orRudy Giuliani and millions more just like them who live to Hate and Fear, while lovingLiars and their Lies.

Until you and I actually do something about obtaining the return of Constitutional

of 180

governance and tell our congress men and women who they serve, The People, it willjust get worse until the entire system fails do to deceit and greed.

The greater Public remains uninformed and unknowledgeable about the extent ofwarfare the United States is involved in around the world, all in the name of NationalSecurity and Secrecy. It just makes me feel so safe and secure! How do you feelabout these matters?

I wonder if even the oversight committees in Congress are briefed fully, not to mention,the invasion of our privacy by the surveillance practices authorized by a failedCongressional system playing with politics at the peril of our national safety and to thedetriment of our Constitutional rights.

I say this to say that my personal phone has been tapped several times in the past twoyears and I don’t appreciate this practice for no good reason as I have never advocatedanything but peaceful civil disobedience to achieve social and economic change as theright of free speech to assemble and make known our grievances which I have notdone since the sixties as a college student evading the Draft that my generation ended.

And, yes, I am a Viet Nam Conflict and Police Action era veteran by personal choice,never seeing combat, thank God.

Like an old growth forest that is suddenly clear cut to the ground, the memory of theinteraction of all species, flora and fans, is permanently lost, this is what has happenedto our youth. The “old” world is past away and often rejected out right and out of handby many in younger generations of younger people.

This is occurring around the globe and though it seems paradoxical that old values arediscarded and replaced by even older values, now, often religious in there emphasis, itis understandable in the face of a failed world view of shared hope and purpose whichyouth seek automatically for meaning. This much as a child tests their boundariesseeking what is and what isn’t accepted or rejected.

The terrorism is predictable or should have been when War was perpetrated uponpeaceful cultures like a clear cut old growth forest and all of us lost our way incommunity and shared sense of belonging. This is and has been occurring in Americafor fifty years by the lack of concern that the rich have for the struggling middle classand the forgotten poor as the populations of minorities and majority peoples who nolonger have a way into a secure future due strictly to the success of rampant capitalismgone reactionary.

As America decided to export ultra dynamic warfare to the Middle East because radicalized Islam decided to fly perfectly good aircraft into perfectly well built skyscrapers, the “clear cut” of a multifaceted culture became the reality for millions of

of 180

unsuspecting multi-ethnic peoples as the trees of that ancient forest.

Predictably these reactionary forces having derived from World Wars I and II andPartition, the evasion of Afghanistan by the Soviets, and their defeat by the efforts ofour Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) these young people and their cultures were clearcut to the ground.

Hence, these displaced and uprooted peoples and their young, looked deeply into theirpast and the core religion of Islam they knew as their Hope and found the justificationsto strike out and destroy anything past or present that does not meet the test of ancientreligious writings, quite ironically.

So, the cycle of War completes itself where the greed that brings all War produced theactual conditions of reactionary radicalization and gave us the nihilism of terrorism as ajihad from those who no longer have a shared world view and must create their ownunique world view to have hope and meaning originally lost and destroyed by war, theclear cut.

There is but one method of changing this unfortunate dynamic of endless and perpetualwarfare, even now being fanned by the flames of hatred of those who perpetrate, anew, upon those who they view were the perpetrators.

This endless dynamic, thus, causing the actual and original perpetrators, the WesternWorld, to ignite by the acts of the new terrorism of youth, the retaliation under way topunish the terroristic nihilism as perceived barbaric inhumanity, caused originally fromretaliation of the hubris of justified conflagration as war.

It will require generations of concerted work to heal this evident fiasco and cyclic patternbecause of the destruction of the environment of cultures shared in the community ofthe natural world much as an old growth forest sustains life and diversity in balancedharmony.

I know exactly how to go about doing what is required and necessary to again locateour shared heritage. The only method possible to appease and heal such woundsgiven to humanity by War is Education and its Knowledge shared in community with allas University, theological and temporal.

Both aspects of our empirical being, essential to a New Humanity, realized, as the heartof the New Life we must all embrace immediately to end this utter madness ofperpetual Hate, Fear and the War it engenders.

Unfortunately, the West and especially America now incensed and rabidized by the

of 180

bigoted racist Plutocrats and their bought and paid for Oligarch Politicians will likelycause the killing and destruction to reach a new quanta of intensity, killing anyone andany thing we have become afraid of by their actions towards humanity.

So, I make the following statements of purpose for such a collective institution as Isuggest that is essential to the development and evolution of Humankind as a NewHumanity of meaningful purpose and service to one another for advanced cultures andcivilizations, no end.

Our path and its way was formed and enhanced and prepared by the Work of theAvatar Meher Baba who foretold that he would break his Silence by his profoundDivine Mercy and Grace to allow us a future to look forward too creating by ourown efforts. The key being, by our own efforts, part.

After all, we are not merely deer standing in head lights for we may chose to move, andmove we must. The alternative is waiting, far across the galaxy somewhere, as a newHome which will take just a few million years more to prepare for our arrival and we canstart all over again and totally screw our new Home up, again, I suppose.

You can always tell a human but you can’t tell them much. My suggestion is, get over itand get to work serving others for your self and become responsible for your personalself to actually learn how to serve others in this process to serve your self. CategoricalImperative, Immanuel Kant, Critique of Pure Reason, 1781.

The key to all human success, whether material and/or spiritual, is accepting personalresponsibility for our own thoughts and behaviors for we are both ethical and moraldriven souls who are able to know the truth of our being because we are capable ofboth thought and feeling as the fruits of study of ourselves and the world.

When we are balanced in our thoughts and feelings we become mature and may learnto advance our own and others evolution and involution responsibly and resentfully.

In our life time there are shining examples of those who practice selflessness and bringaccord and support for their actions because they are selfless and serve others for abetter good. Some have been sacrificed for their views by the ignorant and some havesurvived such lethal attacks by the ignorant and continue their service, knowing there isno other way.

I have no idea where the Daughters and Sons of the Revolution have gone. If we donot locate their current place among us, our nation will suffer from tyranny anddespotism once again when we dumped some Tea into the Sea and said no to suchtreatment of our right to thrive, and drive onward into a better future of our own making,agreed upon and inspired by the blood spent to bring us such rights.

of 180

Courage is not a word but an action of intent to overcome obstacles that limit ourfreedoms and our innate rights as human beings. Was the Revolution but a waste ofeffort and time to now forfeit our powers as the Public to the demons of greed withoutany sense of equality or equity, newly self entitled as the neo plantation owners theybelieve themselves to be?

The World looks to us for answers! Are we to give them Hate and Fear and War or willwe determine to use our vast knowledge to overcome ignorance at home and abroadby helping ourselves to help others in great need, here or there?. Are we leaders or arewe finished and done as individuals and as a nation and city of shining hope on the hill?

Ideas move the world and this idea for the study of all things as our work in University,paid for by our unending discoveries with our evolving ethics and morality, will bring thefirst lasting culture of shared wisdom and purpose, since India ruled the most ancientworld very long ago where we were much more civilized than we currently think andbehave.

If nothing else, I am a pragmatist first and an idealist second. The reality of the Worldis population which even now threatens the entire eco system of the planet which is andwas always quite fragile.

We behave as if the environments we live in can not be adversely effected by ourunending desires to exploit every square inch of terra firma to satisfy such desires aswe may have. Sorry, folks, it isn’t going to work and most of the rational ones amongstus know this or at least sense we are in trouble.

Therefore, one of the primary reasons that I originally postulated a public university forthe synthesis of knowledge was to kill two birds with one stone. The organized processand reality of cooperating to collaborate for the goal of the study of all things does twothings that may always be sustained naturally.

First, everyone that wishes, that needs, to work to survive must have a job. We are fartoo intelligent to simply flip hamburgers or grow vegetables or whatever we do to makea living from changing tires to designing space craft to go to mars and everything inbetween. All of these jobs a important and add to the structure of society and willremain so.

What is missing is shared community in purpose for the study of all things in fellowshipand mutual supporting respect. If we are so intelligent as we believe our selves to be,why is it that our World is not even remotely an ideal place to bring children into?

We will not find lasting success by just creating endless numbers of service jobs forshops on every corner or selling shirts in huge stores or any of the millions of jobs that

of 180

pay but not well enough to thrive and flourish that provide life long safety and security toour selves and families. Why should young people wish to give this burden of need to new generations?

If this is the best use of our shared intelligence, no wonder the world is empty ofmeaning for so many just trying to survive while the 10 percent feel privileged and theelite, who are above such things as actual work to just survive.

We must do much more to stabilize World economies and provide the numbers of atleast adequate paying work opportunities where the entire family doesn’t have to worklike we did on the ranch and farm in the “old world” now gone.

This old world of necessity is replaced with urban sprawl where nearly everyone lives ina two dimensional world seeking meaning and purpose and often acclaim from twodimensional screens. Then we go to work and then we go to our second and third jobsto survive while not thriving from our two dimensional world view from endlessentertainment devoid of depth.

The study of all things in the university setting of learning and experimentation and theskills which derive from such study open up millions of opportunities to study and work.

The mere act of studying all things in a systematic fashion, provides the necessary jobswe must create unless we want endless strife and conflict while humans fight over thescraps the rich throw to us, and solve the problem of enough work for any one whowishes to improve their lot in life and gain a modicum of control over their own fatesnow seeing a future.

Second, the very process of working together on a major scale to study our selves andthe universe spontaneously and naturally brings an endless number of discoveriesabout everything thus studied and which has not even been envisioned to begin tostudy and always is creating more opportunities to study as new jobs.

Just as importantly, is what we actually learn about the who, what, when, where, howand why of our existence through the integration of all that is studied in university. Thisprocess must be and will be transparent within the university setting just as it has beenfrom ancient times. University being a powerful idea and actually extant around theworld.

This very process brings an end to those who wish to control information andknowledge for their own nefarious purposes of manipulating the Public for their love ofGreed due to their Intolerance of “lessor beings” and stops the exploitation of thePeople and environment simply for Power and Profit, never ending, which the childtyrants of industry crave as the absolute control of others.

of 180

I realize it is inappropriate to speak in terms of separation where a division of us againstthem is the focus. The problem with sublime truth of Brotherhood and Sisterhood isthat Ignorance is really the enemy and the behaviors of all of us that promote theignorance of war over peace, fails us all. So, regardless of my own ignorance I pointout the behaviors of those who unknowingly seek to cause the destruction of sharedpurpose.

I know the Lord God Loves Everything as he is Everything but he frowns upon thosecomponents of his Divine Self which seek escape into the dark realm out of self loverather than love of God.

Think about this for not only is it not a good idea to seek to divide something that isindivisible but the very process damages the development of the consciousness of thesouls who practice this self centered philosophy of pure ignorance.

Not even atheists seek to live lives of Lies or become Liars filled with Hate and the FearHate engenders. God has no problem with true believers who do not seek to willinglyor unwillingly harm others. It is perfectly understandable why there are many souls whodo not know God IS.

It isn’t even important that they ever do acquire this knowledge. The experience ofLiberation harvests these souls like any other over illusory time. Such beliefs produce aRealization occasionally, as well. God, knowing this, does not care in the least as all isa process leading to the inevitable.

NASA works, simply, because all this and other focused federal agencies exist toadvance knowledge and its fruits for the Public and which discoveries are shared withthe world. Is this effort but a waste of time and energy, or could we all be part of aUniversity which combines all of our efforts for peace and security and knowledgeshared, including NASA, as the necessary method for universal success shared equallyand with equity for all, We the People?

You must tell me if knowledge is important or should we just assume the world is 6,000years old, flat and the Rapture is coming any time now for the Resurrection, or thatBaba will take care of everything and we must just remain idle and on cruise controlwhile he does it all for us.

This notion seems to be prevalent in the Baba community where no one wishes to beperceived as making waves or knowing how to do good actively.

I know an old friend of mine by the name of Charles C. Haynes and a Baba lover isdeep into the processes of moving the messages of our Master into actuality. I knowothers who are active as well, some more timid than others proclaiming the truth of the

of 180

immediate practice of the New Life. This is real courage and strength of character inaction.

The New Life is not an idea. It is the active practice of being and becoming the NewHumanity as the finite beings we all are, shared in the commitment to do so for our loveof what we know to be true.

There are two things as ideas anyone may point to that inspires and moves Americaand the World along into a better future that derives from the American Enlightenment,like none other, that has never existed in the impulsive and creative, though illusory,impulsive and creative imagination of God.

Something, so unique, even the Avatar continually pushed America to do for his ownpurposes in his Work, often making statements about what America was doing with andfor his spiritual agendas.

This new Western perspective on our democratic responsibilities toward one anotherhas stood in opposition to that spiritual need, especially India, to follow a path ofausterity for the physical processes of life, misplaced, for the focused enhancement ofthe Guru - aspirant relationship.

These views are held as an intensely monistic perspective while in the worship of aplethora of Deities of the East known to be One. This theology, being much likepantheistic monism, studied by scholars,

I mean, one average Indian person, knows more about God and spirituality than anythousand average Americans while the culture finds it difficult to properly treat effluentwaste products at the same time pure drinking water is produced with Westerntechnologies.

There are 60 million untouchables who remain enslaved by poverty and lack ofsocioeconomic mobility, left over from the old world of castes where the newdemocracy has failed the masses.

Americans and America have always been much more focused on relieving thesuffering of humanity for life, liberty and the prospect of happiness as a stable physicalsystem (infrastructure) to pursue religion or spirituality as one believes while retainingthe right to eat and live in a healthy environment, devoid of disease and hunger and thelack of proper shelter.

This feat of freedom, accomplished by the unwavering practices of science andtechnology as applied to economics and sociology and politics. Are we throwing this

of 180

wisdom by the way side, even now from our obsession with bigoted hatreds?

This was common sense to our American ancestors, based firmly on the principles ofpragmatism in the practices of science and engineering to achieve what works ratherthan that which fails our physical and social needs while seeking our ideals.

Americans must now adopt much more of the spiritual intent of the East while retainingthe perspective of service to others for mutually supported safety and security thisphilosophy derives for all equally while learning the lessons of truth, spiritual knowledgedevelops and brings to the individual.

This is the promise of the American synthesis of science and spirit the World hasalways sought. The purpose of which is he practice of the New Humanity in serve toone another and the New Humanity that evolves from this wisdom of shared culture andbelief.

After all, it is the West that championed the truth of science once again, long lost in thepast when India was the first advanced culture on the Earth some 250 thousand yearsago.

The East has for thousands of years objectified the needs of the soul over the needs ofthe body suggesting that it is more important to work on our souls than to provide a safeand secure place to be able to do this very difficult soul building work.

The West on the other hand has been driven for hundreds of years with concerns forhuman rights and what is required to make our environments stable and secure for thedevelopment of socioeconomic policies and laws that free rather than constrain ourphysical environments and the liberty of the individual person.

The normal human beings of the Age of Enlightenment used their Genius to develop aNew form of republican democracy that has never existed which over time wasdesigned to evolve for the benefit of the Public of that democracy, regardless of thepowers of enterprise that would return us to despotism and slavery.

Such a system, imperfect as it may be, is given a method and way of perfecting thefaults of that system based upon the will of the People who allow the Public to exist andfor which the normative Republican Democracy was created to perform.

“One Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all,” is the example oftruth we the people strive to enforce and protect for ourselves and future generations tocause stable environments to exist and thrive and flourish for its Public. This was andis the essence of the American Enlightenment.

of 180

Well, how was this done and how is it protected and perfected over time?

The Founding Fathers of America were Entrepreneurs of the highest nominal quality,seizing upon the notions of Public rule over the military and special interests that oftengave Europe War and Despotism.

The profound idea of the VOTE was permanently enshrined in the Constitution toprovide the People and its Public a ways and means for always perfecting that form ofgovernment if they were to just vote and fight for the right to vote.

The principle of one person one vote appears to have little power or control over theforces of Plutocracy, Oligarchy and Autocracy or their Despotisms when ignored orimproperly applied as the Lies, Liars teach and preach to those who are inflamed by theHate speech and the Fear Lies engenders in the hearts of the willfully challenged.

These miscreants wish to believe Lies and grave to worship Liars all in the name of selfinduced conscious Ignorance as they bask in the heat of the fear they seek formeaning as that hideous strength such fear engenders, experienced as self righteousecstacy of the elite and privileged.

Herein, is the problem and always has been the problem which is the indifference andlaziness of the Public and normal people to take the responsibility for the survival of thedemocracy for all equally, and VOTE and VOTE often and with studied considerationfor what is in our own best interests based on the facts of science and truth; supportedupon education and study and an informed Public from the Entrepreneurial skills of anobjective Free Press.

So, it is the Entrepreneurship of motivated citizens of the world in accord with dynamiceducated Voting that provides the environment for cultural and personal safety andsecurity both politically and then socioeconomically for all equally and equitably to thriveand flourish while retaining religious freedom for all beliefs and faiths.

The Idea for the synthesis of knowledge is and must be a decentralized process andreality as it is about all of us where we are existing coming together to change the basicbehaviors of how we interact with one another for the study of all things.

This study requiring mutual respect and acceptance and tolerance of our differences. Itis not a method or an excuse to tear down and destroy what has come from the ancientpast. It is a method and process for moving forward into a new relationship among allpeoples of the Earth, our Home, in community.

Does this idea require the building of administrative centers, colleges and a University

of 180

system? Certainly, if it becomes a viable force for evolving an advanced culture. Theidea being that all such revitalization of religion and cults and the sectarian world thatsupports the infrastructures of faith, such as University, already exist to do so.

It isn’t so much the building of something new as it is the conditioning of our hearts forhow we treat one another in kindness and acceptance. This is the human challengeand the real synthesis. To ignore our shared destiny and individual fates that we mustbe responsible for is to deny our shared humanity in community.

I am not suggesting we make a pyre of our bodies over some zealous ideas ofhumanitarianism. What I am suggesting is, should we choose to not cooperate tocollaborate and fail to act responsibly, en masse, this planet will reject our presence asa blight upon its nature and end our reign of ignorance permanently, and everyoneknows this is a real possibility in their hearts. So what is it to be or not to be?

PREAMBLE

We, the People of the United States of America, in order to form a moreequal, transparent and responsive union in such a society, public, privateand federal, do proclaim and destine this Charter for theacknowledgment and establishment of the Public University for theSynthesis and Union of Knowledge by our work in our study of allthings of and for the Public by the active consensus of whomever electsto freely participate in governing by learning and growth with empathy,compassion and kindness toward all.

We, the People, reaffirm and recognize that the Public is the fourthcoequal branch of the Federal Government and that the Constitutionof the United States is created by the people to sustain and protect andreflect the will of the Public and the Constitution as normativeRepublican Democracy in each State and the Union by the exercise ofthe one person one vote election right we possess as citizens of thePublic.

of 180

The right to vote literally manifests as the Constitution in the coequalbranches of the Executive, Representative and Judicial branches of theFederal government. The people create and allow the Public to existthrough the exercise of our rights as citizens as determined by Publicconsensus by voting and the established Constitution.

I am sure this could be shorter, but it says what it needs to say.

Fini

A Humble Confession

Just as I began to write down these final words revealing the deeper meanings of thepurposes of life eternal, I had cut and pasted the Table of Contents to just below thededication to this short book and had hit enter to move a sentence to the next line downwhen suddenly a note appeared that said file not found(401), and when I hit enter againa page from Wikiquote suddenly appeared with Master’s picture starring at me as if hewere living and a little unsettling as this confession is about my relationship with myMaster, Baba, and my best friend. He appeared alive and glaring, actually glowering,straight at me as if to say, SEE! Strange. I am the Dolt fool in The Great Librarylooking for the exit. That Wikiquote link here: http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Meher_Baba

This list of quotes by Master are the best list I have found and containing the essenceof all truth, purpose and meanings derived. Whomever worked on this list ofsuperlative quotes must be commended for they get the reality of truth thus presentedin a concentrated form.

Rick, I think it is important for you to come away from this account of things of mine withthe notion everything is so very much more interrelated that it is nearly impossible tosee this fine interrelationship and make sense of it. I have no doubt Master wascommunicating with me directly and it was not a missed key stroke or link, I hitaccidently. I think Knowledge is possible and when demonstrated, pay close attention.

Further, I never really thought God would take the time or make the effort to get angrywith me about anything I did or didn’t do with my personal consciousness until Iscrewed up that perfectly clear and simple realization I had when I was 17 years oldwhen I dropped some acid laced with speed and damaged my brain. Believe me, Babagot mad at me personally and I am fortunate he allowed me to live to redeem my selfwith him. Based on what I saw, there is a way to go still, wuw!

Well, I refuse to fear my Self and won’t, but I sure learned a lot about the personal

of 180

nature of the personal God in Human Form, my friend. Now you may see the power ofyour book over my somewhat eccentric behavior when reading it which I am even nowfinishing up as promised and what a most pleasant book to read.

I am in no way subject to delusional or magical thinking and until I had this most recentexperience with Master starring right at me out of nowhere when I was finishing up thislittle book and having written a confessional Dhuni, I am now finishing, I really did notknow he could be with me now in the world of appearances as he was, or that he wouldreally gave me a further glance, having served him completely, until I did something hetold us not to do and did anyway at the same time he was telling us all not to do drugs.

So I feel a little like a Judas or something and wonder what I should do next, notwishing to piss him off again, and believe me, there are no words to express his angerwith me and the incredible amount of pain that was induced in me which I still sufferfrom in part. Don’t piss him off would be my advice. I am glad daily I am not a rockthinking I am a rock, I kid you not.

Also, this amazing interconnectedness I feel all the time where just the most delicate ofmovements or thoughts placed, have such a profound effect upon everything aroundme and all the time, that I proceed very carefully. Having power and knowledge is onething, using it properly is quite another, having screwed it up once. Despite the fact, Iwas told all this was to come to pass, the pain, His great suffering, just to avoid amassive nuclear war which I saw most clearly in a vision and asked for respite for Usmany years ago.

It is said that confession is good for the soul. I do not know as I have never felt a needor urge to confess, though looking back to The Dhuni or Fire at Meherabad, I attendedin 1999, where Baba’s followers write something on a scrap of paper that binds themand is thrown in the Fire or Dhuni and burnt up which frees the binding from ones self,by the purifying inner fire of Divine Love, was an instance where I was cloaked inignorance, not responding to gentle reminders as I would have been in, a most clearview at 17.

I honestly couldn’t think of anything I wished to be unbound from, and now tonight atthis writing, I see a missed opportunity, my inner Dolt being most strong.

This confession is made completely honestly for if it weren’t, it wouldn’t be a confessionat all. I do this to present an example of the real purposes of what we do or do not doby our choices. I suppose this is no big deal to the reader, but I assure you what I wasresponsible for doing, changed the entire Universe of universes in some explicable wayand yet remains a deep mystery to me. Just as Baba’s picture suddenly presented tome as I began to write, confess, suggests there is more to this than I yet know.

of 180

As a young man, full of my sense of what I knew to be true, I had a most perfectedconsciousness of rare proportions and perspective for I knew this state of awareness tobe something unusual to accomplish and enjoy. It had taken me years to refine what Iexperienced, and knew Baba had been the one who had begun the process when I wasthree, had seen me through the process of unbinding despite the fact it had alreadyoccurred when he came to me originally, having wiped my mind spirit clear of duality atonce, giving me sight.

I was very much enthralled with his friendship and his love of me for having loved himdearly since childhood. During this period and before, I had been informed somethingwas to occur which would be most painful and horrible to experience and yet I made noinquire or made no protest for I knew as I do now, the Devine Will, will have its way withyou when called upon to function in some symbolic or specific manner or way that ispart of Master’s Divine Work, Manifesting.

Well, Rick, just as you, I decided to experiment with psychedelics and dropped a littleacid, knowing full well what master had said about the use of drugs of any sort for anyreason, having read his admonitions against such things and knowing that he was veryweak and frail, experiencing the suffering of the whole of creation, taken upon his selfto alleviate the suffering of all others.

My little experience being so intense that I believe the Lord in his great pain andsuffering threw me down to a lower plane of consciousness, probably the third planebecause I was told I must count all of the atoms I found there and above once again, toreturn to my divine state of awareness, thus suffering the separation from my Lord andMaster for many years to come, knowing it was but illusory and knowing he was there,always. Fused once again, I tremble at his approach with great joy, Lord beinginexplicable.

I can still feel his Pain and sense of betrayal much as a Judas must feel, even thoughanticipated and executed by my consent to do so. Again, very strange, indeed.

When I went to Master’s Samadhi (tomb) in 1999, he told me to go behind theSamadhi, not a large building, with a closed off window or opening in the rear whereupon, while facing away from the tomb, was snapped into the position of parade restseveral times being released each time and once when I resisted, ever so slightly, I feltthe pressure of the actual experience from some other source resisting back, so I knewI was not doing this.

It wasn’t a bad or unpleasant experience, just somewhat disquieting knowing exactlywhere I was and who was doing this to me, much as a drill instructor would give theorder to Parade Rest, several times from the position of attention. Again, most strange.

of 180

I am no longer separated from Master and await my visit for his Darshan fairly soon inrelativistic terms awaiting my work assignments with glee, knowing I must go throughmuch preparation to do so from those who have come before me in the Thresholdbetween the infinite and finite where, such as I, are dispatched from, when properlybriefed, this game to go on for trillions of our years, accepted by me to do, long ago inthe illusion Maya, Realized, knowing the purpose of the perfecting of souls for thatpurpose, sketched here in this book of life, now shared and good luck my fellowtravelers, loving God our jobs, for He is Lonely and we are all born with this sense forwe are He.

This then fulfills my spiritual duty to write this imperfect diatribe to Ignorance and thehoped for synthesis of science and spirit, thus, revealed, as my pleasure in the Love ofmy Master, Avatar, Lord Meher Baba whom I Serve eternally.

Had it not been for the excellent good sense of things that Mr. Chapman has and hisclear mind and benevolent kindness from hearing his inner voice and heeding it, I wouldnot have had the wisdom needed to write this short paper of Hope and Purpose. I amhumbled and I am a Mystic and I wonder at such things.

There is one matter that is certain, like the fact of physical death. It is; We are allmost fortunate to have lived in the life and times of the Advent, Period andManifestation of Avatar, Lord Meher Baba. Ki Jai Avatar Meher Baba, Obeisance to AllReal Gurus.

Seven Sahavas Sayings

Desire for nothing except desirelessness. Hope for nothing except to rise above all hopes.Want nothing and you will have everything.

Seek not to possess anything but to surrender everything.Serve others with the understanding that in them youare serving me.Be resigned completely to my will and my will will be yours.Let nothing shake your faith in me and all your bindingswill be shaken off.

Real happiness lies in making others happy.The real desire is that which leads you to become perfectin order to make others perfect.

of 180

The real aim is that which aims to make others becomeGod by first attaining Godhood yourself.

Be angry with none but your weakness.Hate none but your lustful self.Be greedy to own more and more wealth of toleranceand justice.Let your temptation be to tempt me with your love inorder to receive my grace.Wage war against your desires and Godhood will beyour victory.

Love others as you would love yourself and all that is yours.Fortunate are they whose love is tested by misfortunes.Love demands that the lover sacrifice for the Beloved.

Real living is dying for God.Live less for yourself and more for others.One must die to one’s own self to be able to live in all other selves.One who dies for God lives forever.

This period of Sahavas is the period of my suffering and helplessness.My glorification will follow my humiliation.

— Meher Baba

© Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust.

Mastery in Servitude.

Appendixes Follow

Quotes (108) and Statements - by and about Meher BabaChart I - Path of the Evolution, credit Meher Baba - Infinite IntelligenceChart II - Triple Tetrahedral Triangle (light) - Mirrored unlimited finite image ofTetragrammaton of Light from NAD/OM as the infinitesimal, Universe: everything isseparate and/or opposite but the same; ad infinitum squared with attached drawing inPDF

of 180

BABA SAYS 108 Sayings of Meher Baba

Selected by Kendra Crossen Burroughs

[1]

“The universe is the outcome of imagination. Then why try to acquire knowledge of theimaginative universe instead of plumbing the depths of your real Self?”

[Meher Baba Journal, June 1941]

[2]

“Merely to say ‘I want to see God’ or ‘I want to realize God’ is similar to an ant saying ‘Iwant to become an elephant!’ Mere words have nothing in them. The heart must thirst toseek God.”

[Lord Meher 11:4097]

[3]

“Just a glance from me can give you all you need — can turn your vision inward. Youwill be sitting here without any outward change, but you will become `what you reallyare.´ You have to wait for that moment. That moment is near, and for that you have tolove me wholeheartedly, otherwise you will miss it. If I knock at your door and you areasleep, I will go away. In Avataric periods, one does not necessarily have to make theinward journey by stages. If you have the Grace of the Avatar, He just takes you fromwhere you are to where you should be, where God wants you to be.

[Quoted in Dr. H. P. Bharucha, Meher Baba's Last Sahavas (1969)]

[4]

"My work is different. It is not my work to travel continuously and hold darshanprograms simply to allow people to bow down at my feet. It is not my work to give longdiscourses, to perform miracles, or to attract crowds to me. I do not come for this. I comefor all; I come to awaken all!”

[Lord Meher 20:6648]

of 180

[5]

“Anything beyond your capacity will necessarily change your capacity, because so long aseverything is within your limits, you don't know what is beyond them. And everythingconcerning God and God-realisation is beyond limit. So in this way great suffering andbeing plagued with terrible problems are beneficial.”

[Told to the mayor of Karachi, Jamshed Mehta, 1931. Lord Meher 4: 1374]

[6]

Someone asked, "Why is there suffering?" Baba gave this succinct reply: "Suffering isessential for the elimination of the ego, just as it was necessary for you to scrub and scrubin order to wash the stain from my coat."

[Lord Meher 6: 2155]

[7]

“Remain in a good mood and be cheerful, despite your reeling brain.”


[8]

“We can never have any vigorous world culture by merely piling together certain isolatedelements, selected from the present diversity of culture; that way, we shall only succeedin getting a patchwork of little vitality. A hodge-podge of collected ideas can never be asubstitute for a direct and fresh perception of the Goal. The new world-culture will haveto emerge from an integral vision of the Truth independent of existing traditions and notfrom the laborious process of selection and compilation of conserved values.”

[“The Need for Creative Leadership in India,” message of 1942]

[9]

“Distance between a drop here and a drop there in the ocean makes no difference to eachdrop's relation to the ocean.”

[The Unstruck Music of Meher Baba, May 9 entry]

[10]

During the war Calcutta was threatened by the Japanese and Karachi by the Germans.Baba received letters from His lovers in both Calcutta and Karachi, asking if they shouldleave their homes and move elsewhere. Baba told them to stay where they were. Later Hesaid to us, “If there is a fire in the East, people will run to the West, and if there is a firein the North, people will run to the South. But if there is fire all around, where will

of 180

people go?” Baba is with us wherever we are, and whatever is to happen will happen, nomatter where we are.

[Arnavaz Dadachanji, Gift of God, p. 63]

[11]

“What is the meaning of God-Realization? It means to become one with God. Bythinking and imagining, one can never become one with God. Union is possible only afterthe death of thoughts and imagination — the mind must die.

“How does a person know that he has realized God? It is automatic. You are a humanbeing. Do you ever think to yourself, `Am I a human being?´ You do not ask yourself thisbecause you are a human being. In the same way, once a man realizes God, hespontaneously knows that he is God. He has the full experience of it by personalexperience.”


[12]

“In order to appreciate truth, approach it through itself, without any game of hide andseek.”

[Beloved Baba, November 1994]

[13]

“Petty and lofty, all are nothing, so why give importance to the lofty? ... never try toescape, because you cannot escape petty things — because everything except God ispetty.”

[Quoted in Ivy O. Duce, How a Master Works]

[14]

"There are many who have not seen me but who are very close to me."


[15]

“I want every lover of mine to repeat my name with every breath. The repetition shouldbe continuous and such that even in sound sleep it should continue like your breathing.Then there is some possibility of experiencing a glimpse of me. Never worry aboutthoughts while repeating my name. Do not check them, because when you repeat myname, the thoughts will not create binding for you—good or bad.”

Baba repeated the simile of one's mind being inside a mosquito net and the mosquitoes

of 180

(thoughts) buzzing outside. Then he stated:

“In the same way, let thoughts ‘buzz’ in the mind and be within Baba's ‘net’ of nam-jap.Repeat my name so continuously that if and when you lose consciousness of your body,the repetition will be there because I then become you. You lose yourself completely inme. If you cannot do that, just a moment before dying take my name. Even then you willcome to me. But how will you remember at the last moment unless you startremembering from now on!”

[Lord Meher 13: 4818-19]

[16]

The scriptures are like rotten bones rotted and are as food for worms.

Theosophy and philosophy are like good bones rotted and are as food for vultures.

The writings of inspired poets are like fresh bones and are as food for dogs.

The writings of spiritually advanced saints are like flesh and are as food for tigers.

The writings by living Perfect Masters are like brain and are as food for men!

Good bones when rotted have some semblance of bone, but rotten bones when rotted arelike filth.

So, you may go through the scriptures superficially — only to drive away the barkingdogs when necessary; for instance, when you are called upon to answer the queries of thepriests and the orthodox.


[17]

With me, no one can live what the world considers a moral life. Here, we are concernedwith spirituality, not morals. A spiritual life is not ruled nor bound by any principles. Thesanskaras of each one are different, and so the behavior and temperament of everyone aredifferent.

In a virtuous life, evil is suppressed and good surfaces; but the evil is still there. The badsanskaras remain and have to be worked out, if not in this life then in the next or the oneafter. In the spiritual life, both good and bad sanskaras express themselves, and both getnullified.

A spiritual life leads one toward naturalness, whereas a virtuous life, in the guise ofhumility, inflates the ego and perpetuates it! A spiritual life, though, is only led under theguidance and orders of the Avatar or Perfect Master, who knows the pulse of everyoneand treats everyone according to his particular malady.

of 180

You do not like Aloba's behavior, but his behavior was quite natural and necessary forhim. How can you understand that?

People of the world act according to moral standards and socially acceptable behavior,but the Avatar or Perfect Master deals with everyone according to his or her sanskaras.Thus spiritual life is totally different and cannot be judged on the basis of morality, ethicsor any principle.


[18]

"He whom I love most will always be a wreck financially, asthereby he automatically gets clean. He gets so clean that, withmy nazar [glance], his ego goes and Baba comes!"


[19]

One day in 1959, Meher Baba said to me, "There are two kindsof knowledge; knowledge gained through intelligence (usingthe mind) and hidden knowledge (not using the mind)."

Baba then explained further: "A four-year-old child has to beshown a picture of a table and chair with the word writtenunder the illustration. It is only then that the child can namethe objects correctly.

"On the other hand, an illiterate man knows all about tablesand chairs, but does not know how to read and write thewords."

[Eruch Jessawala , The Ancient One, p. 129]

[20]

"Once you open your wings to fly, you must fly straight like the swan. Do not flit fromtree to tree like the sparrow, or many things will distract you on the way, and the journeyis long."

[Quoted in Kitty Davy, Love Alone Prevails, pp. 713-714]

of 180

[21]

“People must give and then receive. First give and then you will have all. But instead,people want to first have all and then think of giving. This is not the right way.”

[Lord Meher 6:2207]

[22]

“Nowadays even lust is taken for love. The subtle difference is missed. There is a verysubtle difference between love and lust, but it is quite clear. They are two different things.You love rice and curry; this is lust. You love a cigar; lust again. You love curry and eatit, but do not give anything by the act. You finish the beloved!”

[Lord Meher 6:2092]

[23]

“As good is necessary, likewise bad is also necessary — just as positive and negative.Both are essential for action and evolution. If only good were to prevail everywhere, lifewould end! Both good and bad done to the extreme would lead to Self-Realization; forinstance, absolute evil with no trace of good, or absolute good with no trace of bad at all— both are equally conducive to the attainment of the goal of Self-Realization.

“If this is so, naturally it can be asked, ‘Why is good preferable to bad?’ Both good andbad are zero, being nonexistent for those who are God-Realized. Both are terms ofduality. But the Masters and Avatars give preference and advocate good over bad. This isonly because good is really, spiritually speaking, easy for reaching the goal; thoughapparently, materially speaking, it is the reverse.

“For example, bad is apparently easy — difficult, really! But the underlying principle inlife being spiritual progress — true existence — comes against the material progress,which is only apparent and not real. Thus, the Masters advocate good, being truly easy formankind, as the better course to follow for true progress in the march of life to the goal ofRealization.”

[Lord Meher 6:2004]

[24]

“Everyone, no matter how depraved, can gradually become better and better until hebecomes the best example for all mankind. There is always hope for everyone; none isutterly lost, and none need despair. It remains true, however, that the way to divinity liesthrough the renunciation of evil in favor of good.”

[Discourses (1987), p. 63]

[25]

of 180

“The apparent is not real. Under many of life’s complicated problems are hidden some ofthe simplest truths which the veil of ignorance obscures from human vision.”

[Lord Meher 6:2236]

[26]

“...devotees must always lean on Baba, not on each other. This does not mean you shouldnot talk to one another, love one another, pass impressions to each other, be together orshare experiences — but you must not lean. You must love, serve and help one anotherand make each other love me more. Love, don’t lean.”

[Lord Meher 7:2300]

[27]

“If you think I know everything, there is no need to express any want. If you think I knownothing, no amount of pleading for any ambition is of avail.”

[Lord Meher 7:2312]

[28]

“The rain falls on both rocks and the soil. But the water flows away down the rock, whilethe earth soaks it up. The rock does not derive any benefit from the rain, while the soildoes. Although the rain falls equally on both, only the soil takes advantage of it.Similarly, my mercy and grace are on all. But only those on the plain deserve it, whilethose who go about as if they are on top of a high mountain do not benefit by it!”

[Lord Meher 7:2356]

[29]

“Long for what is real. You will then have no time for worrying over what may neverhappen.”

[Lord Meher 7:2366]

[30]

“No ordinary man can tell whether one man is a mast and another man is mad without thedivine authority of a Perfect Master. However, the unmistakable quality that mastspossess is their ability to make one happy in their company; whereas in the company of amad person one feels depression and sadness.

[Lord Meher 7:2435]

[31]

of 180

“Life is a series of experiences which need innumerable forms. Death is an interval in thatone long life.”

[Lord Meher 7:2452]

[32]

“Happiest is he who expects no happiness from others. Love delights and glorifies ingiving, not receiving. So learn to love and give, and not to expect anything from others.”

[Lord Meher 7:2457]

[33]

“You can keep only one Beloved in your hearts, although you can and may keep many inyour mind. So [pointing to himself], keep this one Beloved in your hearts and find me inevery other heart! You cannot hate this one or that one if you try to see me in every heart.Then automatically unity and harmony will be established.”


[34]

“To take birth means to suffer. When suffering leads to real eternal happiness, we shouldnot attach importance to this suffering. It is to eliminate suffering that suffering has to be.Most of this suffering is unnecessary and self-inflicted. Ninety-nine percent of the world’ssuffering is self-inflicted. Yet they ask, ‘Why must we suffer?’ Great suffering meansgreat liberation.”

[Lord Meher 7:2317]

[35]

“Let not the dirt of the sanskaras of your thoughts and deeds touch you, by surrenderingevery thought and act at the feet of your Guru. As a laundryman washes and cleansclothes, in the same way, I remove all the dirt which has stuck to you through yourthoughts and actions.”

[Lord Meher 7:2357]

[36]

“Of the three most important things to be eliminated before attaining God-Realization—greed, lust, and backbiting—backbiting is the worst and most disastrous.One can overcome greed and even lust, though both are very hard to get rid of; but by farthe worst and most difficult habit of all to eliminate is that of speaking ill of and trying tofind fault in others.

of 180

“And why must it be eliminated? Because this particular act or vice incurs the burden ofsins or sanskaras of others, which is spiritually very derogatory and reactionary.”

[Lord Meher 7:2359]

[37]

“Remember that the first step in spirituality is not to speak ill of others. All human beingshave weaknesses and faults. Yet they are all God in their being. Until they becomeRealized, they have their imperfections. Therefore, before trying to find faults in othersand speaking ill of them, try to find your own weaknesses and correct those.”

[Lord Meher 7:2506]

[38]

“Those who die thinking of me come to me. They are liberated from the chain of birthand death and see me perpetually. It is because you cannot see that you feel theseparation. If you feel sorry, feel not for the dead, for they have come to me, but for theliving who are in precarious conditions.”

[Lord Meher 7:2409]

[39]

“If you cannot love, at least have the courage to give in.”

[Lord Meher 7:2438]

[40]

[In 1937] Shireen said, “Merwan, now you are worshiped as God on earth. Since I amyour mother, I should also be respected; and I tell you now that there is only one thing leftI want in this world—you must get married!”

Baba silently laughed and then dictated in reply, “What you say is perfectly true, mother.You are on the same level with Mary, the mother of Jesus, with Yashoda, the mother ofKrishna. You must be respected and you too will one day be worshiped, as it was throughyour womb that God has taken birth.

“As your son, I would never disobey you. Of course, I respect your wishes. However, inorder to get married, there must be a man and a woman. What am I to do? God has putme into such a state that I do not find anyone else in the world but me! I experiencemyself to be in all.

“When a man goes to a cinema and watches a movie of a beautiful actress on the screen,can he marry her? No, because she is only a two-dimensional image on the screen.Likewise, I see you all on the screen of maya. How then can I get married? ”

of 180

Shireen was sincere in her wish, and Baba’s reply made her weep. She had nothing else tosay to counter his point.

[Lord Meher 7:2110-11]

[41]

Answering the question of the mandali as to why they always had to suffer through thehardship of water scarcity, Baba humorously remarked: “Mohammed’s greatness was notin Ka’aba but in Karbala, and this is my Karbala. “ Ka’aba in Mecca, Arabia, is the sacredsanctuary where the Prophet Mohammed manifested himself and his mission, whereasKarbala in North Arabia is known in history as the place of martyrdom. Karbala is notonly dry and barren but typifies desolation and destruction. Baba’s reference to Karbala’strue greatness conveyed that the greatness of the Master is not in manifestation but insuffering in the cause of humanity.

[Meher Baba Journal, December 1938: 62]

[42]

“Spirit communication is the experience of the semi-subtle by the physical senses in theconscious state. It is not a sign of advancement on the divine path and has nothing to dowith its goal.”

[Meher Baba Journal, July 1942: 479]

[43]

“True knowledge is that knowledge which makes man after Self-Realization or unionwith God assert that his real Self is in everything and everybody.”

[Meher Baba Journal, June 1941:480]

[44]

“There are many who are on the way, many who have experience, many who are yogis,but few who are Perfect.... Never speak ill of saints. They are the sign of truth and help tothe world. My salutations to all those who love God, who are saints, yogis, bhaktas, andmy namaskar to Sadgurus. All these are me in different forms.”

[Letter to Ramjoo Abdulla, The Wayfarers, p. 19]

[45]

“To end all starvation of body, mind, and heart once and for all is the birthright of everyhuman being. To think and to make others think about humanity as divided into the‘Helpers’ and the ‘Helpless’ is to deny the birthright for the ‘Helpless’ and to make itsenjoyment all the more difficult for the ‘Helpers.’”

of 180

[Glow International, November 1988]

[46]

“The heart of the Perfect One is at once soft like butter and hard like steel.”

[Discourses (1987): 80-81]

[47]

“The entire fabric of the universe serves but one purpose…: the realization of God.”

[Beams: 17]

[48]

“There is no higher or lower goal. There is only one goal, Self-Realization.”

[The Answer: 26]

[49]

“[Spiritual] organizations are like the foam which brings unwanted things up to thesurface of the sea, letting the real substance lie beneath, submerged in the depths.”

[March 1938. Lord Meher 7:2270]

[50]

“As a single object seems to multiply itself to him who is drunk to excess, so Unityappears as plurality to those who are intoxicated with the wine of egoism.”

[Meher Baba Journal, March 1940:307]

[51]

“When man becomes God, a lineage is there, but when God becomes man there is nolineage. As for me, I have to come back again and again. There is pleasure in it and a kindof imprisonment, too.”

[Glow International, August 1986:3]

[52]

“Animal life, from which human consciousness emerges, is mostly determined by animallust, animal greed, and animal anger — though some animals do at times develop thegood qualities of self-sacrifice, love, and patience. If all the accumulated animalsanskaras had been bad and none good, the appearance of good tendencies in humanconsciousness would have been impossible.”

of 180

[Discourses, p. 62]

[53]

“Unless a snake is killed by a human being, it remains always a snake. Never leave asnake wounded, as it takes so long to die. Once wounded, a snake will always remainnear you to be killed outright.... In evolution, the snake form is like an entangled ropewhich you cannot undo or unwind. However, if it is killed by a human being, the knotuntangles itself and the soul is free to continue on its way through evolution.”

[Lord Meher 7:2269]

[54]

“The objective of spiritual advancement is not so much ‘works’ but the quality of life freefrom ego-consciousness.”

[Discourses (1987), pp. 253-54]

[55]

“The way to increase knowledge is to put into practice that bit of spiritual wisdom aperson may already happen to have.”

[Discourses (1987), pp. 261-62]

[56]

“In the spiritual life it is not necessary to have a complete map of the path in order tobegin traveling. On the contrary, having such complete knowledge may actually hinderrather than help the onward march. The deeper secrets of spiritual life are unraveled tothose who take risks and who make bold experiments with it. They are not meant for theidler who seeks guarantees at every step. Those who speculate from the shore about theocean shall know only its surface, but those who would know the depths of the oceanmust be willing to plunge into it.”


[57]

"Remember this much: the whole world is nothing but a zero, and everything connectedwith it is without sum and substance. Mind is the universe, Mind is the man, the woman,the beast."

[Lord Meher 5:1844]

[58]

"To gulp down anger is the most courageous act one can perform. One who does it

of 180

becomes humble."

[Lord Meher 5:1857]

[59]

“When the Creator, whoever or whatever He may be, created creation, there were notemples, no mosques, no churches, no synagogues, no telling of beads, no prattle ofpriests, no chanting of hymns, no offering of bribes at altars. When rituals came intoexistence, God gradually began to fade out of it.”

[Beloved Baba (Secunderabad), November 1994]

[60]

“Sadgurus and Masters never reveal their way of working. If they do so, it entails morework for them. The Sufis say: ‘One who has found the Truth hides it eternally.’ And it isabsolutely so. This means that one who is God-Realized never reveals the truth inordinary words.”

[Lord Meher 7:2617]

[61]

Irene Billo’s father had died at the end of October [1940]. Discussing his death, Babainformed her: “You should be happy. Your father was very lucky. He died likeVivekananda, without suffering. He is free. All relations of those who are with me,whether they know me or not, or even if they do not believe in me, get salvation. Krishnahas said, “`Seventy-two generations of such lucky ones get liberation — mukti.´”

[Lord Meher 7:2643]

[62]

"Happiest is he who expects no happiness from others. Love delights and glorifies ingiving, not receiving. So learn to love and give, and not to expect anything from others.

"You should really feel and consider yourself as the happiest and most fortunate amongmen that you have renounced the illusion and surrendered to a Perfect Master. Youshould now feel free from worries and quite at ease, like one who has his burden lifted offhis head and feels light.

"The great mistake you make is that you lift the burden from your head, but instead ofplacing it on the head of the One who willingly accepts it with all responsibility, you keepit hanging over you in the air, hesitating to give it lest you lose something valuable! Thusyou neither bear the burden nor allow it to rest on the head of the One who wants it to betransferred — namely Baba. You keep it hanging between the two, and place both undersuspense, thereby aggravating your suffering. Either keep it yourself or give it up

of 180

entirely."

[To the mandali, 1939. Lord Meher 7:2457]

[63]

“To him who suffers in my darbar [court] without complaint, I will give the greatestbenefit.”

[Lord Meher 8:2843]

[64]

“The Master is absolutely necessary for anyone to arrive at self-knowledge, but the truesignificance of the help given by the Master consists in the fact that he enables others tocome into the full possession of their own latent possibilities.”

[Lord Meher 8:2849]

[65]

“When nothing upsets you, you are at the beginning of the path. When you desirenothing, you are halfway on the path; when nothing becomes everything, you areperfected.”


[66]

“Let love annihilate your lower self and reveal My Infinite Self.

Let your ears become deaf to delusion to enable you to hear My silent message of DivineLove.

Let your eyes become blind to illusion to receive Me as I am.

Let your heart open to receive Me in full.”

[message of 25 December 1953 at Kakinada, A.P., printed in Sound of Silence, ed. Dr. T.P. Gandhi]

[67]

“Although occasionally a means may be found to eliminate some one worry in life, thefinal solution to recurring problems remains to be found. Suppose, for example, that aman is extremely miserable because others in his office seem to be given better treatmentthan he. Then suppose that he is suddenly relieved of all his worries by inducing inhimself a studied indifference to his surroundings. This may give him a temporary feelingof release from his problems, but since his troubles are really caused by lack of

of 180

understanding of himself and environment, his cultivated indifference really leaves thesituation completely unchanged. Sooner or later, when his forced indifference cracks andhe again becomes emotionally involved, his old worries return to disturb him as before.His attitude of detachment fails to effect a permanent change in his consciousnessbecause it is not based upon the truth that there is but one infinite Self which is the Self ofall.”

[The Secret of Sleep, pp. 22-23]

[68]

“The heart of a Perfect One is at once soft as butter and hard as steel. Perfection is notlimited in its expression to any one of the opposites and does not exclude the possibilityof finding expression through the opposite. It can express itself through either of theopposites according to the logic implied in the situation. That is why Perfectiontranscends the opposites and is capable of giving a rational response to all the possiblesituations in life. It ensures perfect adaptability without surrendering the standpoint ofTruth and secures an unshakable peace and sense of harmony in the midst of diversesituations — which must be baffling to those who have not achieved all-sideddevelopment.”


[69]

“...the Avatar functions from all the planes of consciousness simultaneously butsometimes for His universal work stations Himself on a particular plane. Therefore it issaid, for example, that the Prophet Muhammad stationed Himself in the seventh plane,while Lord Buddha stationed Himself in the fifth.”


[70]

“Since male and female incarnations are equally necessary for Self-knowledge, it is notright to look upon one as being more important than the other. Though there aredifferences between the nature of the respective facilities afforded by them, they are bothindispensable. The soul must go through male incarnations as well as female incarnationsif it is to have that richness of experience which is a condition of attaining the realizationthat the soul, in itself, is beyond all forms of duality — including the accentuated dualitybased on sex.”


[71]

“The scope of service is not limited to great gestures like giving big donations to public

of 180

institutions. They also serve who express their love in little things. A word that givescourage to a drooping heart or a smile that brings hope and cheer in the midst of gloomhas as much claim to be regarded as service as onerous sacrifices and heroic self-denials.A glance that wipes out bitterness from the heart and sets it throbbing with a new love isalso service, although there may be no thought of service in it. When taken bythemselves, all these things seem to be small; but life is made up of many such smallthings. If these small things were ignored, life would be not only unbeautiful butunspiritual.”


[72]

“One of the most difficult things to learn is to render service without bossing, withoutmaking a fuss about it, and without any consciousness of high and low. In the world ofspirituality, humility counts at least as much as utility.”


[73]

“Those who are not God-realized can control their minds through yoga to such an extentthat nothing makes them feel pain or suffering, even if they are buried alive or throwninto boiling oil. But though the advanced yogis can brave and annul any suffering, they donot experience the happiness of realizing God. When one becomes God, everything elseis zero. The happiness of God-realization, therefore, cannot suffer curtailment byanything. The happiness of God-realization is self-sustained, eternally fresh and unfading,boundless, and indescribable. It is for this happiness that the world has sprung intoexistence.”


[74]

“If a person wants to take the pearl from the bottom of the ocean, then he should notshout at the pearl to come up while he sits on the beach. If he really wants the pearl, heshould try his hardest to plunge to the bottom of the ocean to get it.”

[Lord Meher 5:1860]

[75]

“Spiritual jealousy leads to advancement, while material jealousy leads to ruination andhatred.”

[Lord Meher 5:1597]

[76]

of 180

“If you think you are expressing love through the sex act, you are sadly mistaken. It is lustwhich prompts you to engage in it. It is not possible to express pure love through sexualintercourse; the impressions involved therein clash.”

[Lord Meher 5:1792]

[77]

“...however wicked an action may seem, it should not be judged on the basis of theworld’s standards of morality, but purely on the underlying motives. This is the spiritualpoint of view or standard of judgment, however shocking or absurd it may seem to theworldly-minded.”

[Lord Meher 5:1822]

[78]

“Even the love which expresses through physical desire is good to the extent that it freesone from the thralldom of personal likes and dislikes and makes one want to serve thebeloved above all other things.”

[Awakener 18, no. 1 (1978): 29]

[79]

“Only God is real, and everything else is a mere motion picture!”

[Hollywood, 1932. Lord Meher 5:1656]

[80]

“I am eternally crucified. When the burden is especially heavy, I sometimes let mydisciples share it, giving to each as much as they can bear.”

[Lord Meher 5:1702]

[81]

One of the Westerners asked: “How do you know who you are — that you are the Sourceof all?” Baba replied: “I knew it before everything. I came from my own Self. One cannotknow Existence until one exists in that Existence.”

[Lord Meher 5:1771]

[82]

“How will you give up this false self? How will you give up the shadowy

I-am-ness and get established in the I-Alone-Am or God-Alone-Is state? Hafiz has given

of 180

the answer: ‘O Lover! Separation and Union Are none of your business. Seek only toresign yourself to the Will of the Beloved.’”

[The Everything and the Nothing, p 8]

[83]

“Kabir has said: ...’The lines of fate are never erased by Rama; He is All-powerful andcan undo destiny, but He never does so, for He has given full thought to what He hasplanned.’ ... The Avataric whim is also part of the divine Destiny [qaza]. Qaza providesfor the absolute necessity of the Avatar’s ‘chance’ intervention, and the veryunpredictability of this intervention is predicted in Qaza — for His infinite compassion,because of which His intervention occurs, may not be denied.”

[The Everything and the Nothing, p. 107]

[84]

“Tukaram, one of the Perfect Masters, has said: ...’Without the Grace of the PerfectMaster you cannot find the way to the Goal; / Before and above everything else, holdfirmly to His feet.’”

[The Everything and the Nothing, p. 32]

[85]

During the war Calcutta was threatened by the Japanese and Karachi by the Germans.Baba received letters from His lovers in both Calcutta and Karachi, asking if they shouldleave their homes and move elsewhere. Baba told them to stay where they were. Later Hesaid to us, “If there is a fire in the East, people will run to the West, and if there is a fire inthe North, people will run to the South. But if there is fire all around, where will peoplego?” Baba is with us wherever we are, and whatever is to happen will happen, no matterwhere we are.

[Quoted in Arnavaz Dadachanji, Gift of God , p. 63]

[86]

“Neither seek death nor fear it, and when death comes to you it is converted into astepping stone to the higher life.”

[Quoted in Arnavaz Dadachanji, Gift of God, p. 95]

[87]

Baba often quoted from the Perfect Masters Kabir and Tukaram. I particularly rememberthat Kabir said, “Worry eats everyone. Worry is the master of all. But those who swallowworry, they are the ones who become fakirs.” He also said, “When the Master gives on

of 180

His own, it is like giving milk. When you ask the Master to give, it is like His givingwater. But when you force the Master to give, it is like extracting blood from Him.” Babaalso commented on the importance of obedience and surrender, quoting Tukaram: “Theinherent nature with which you are born remains with you; it does not change.” Even afterTukaram became a Perfect Master, He went on singing bhajans because that was Hisinherent nature. Baba said, “The nature you are born with remains with you, but you canmodify and change through obedience and surrenderance to God.”


[88]

“My accident was no ‘accident,’ and it all comes to one thing; what I wanted hashappened and what I want will happen.”


[89]

“I am the last Avatar in this present cycle of twenty-four and therefore the greatest andmost powerful. I have the attributes of five. I am as pure as Zoroaster, as truthful as Ram,as mischievous as Krishna, as gentle as Jesus, and as fiery as Mohammed.”


[90]

“When love is not at its height, it always creates a mess.”

[Awakener 5, no. 2 (winter-spring 1958): 30]

[91]

“As you all become more intimate with Me, with opportunities to come closer to Me, allthat is good and bad within you comes out in sparks, as it were . . . all the impressions ofthe past, the accumulations of past sanskaras — of all illusory things, which includes bothgood and bad — come out. My proximity, the intimacy with Me, just changes that massof sanskaras, and sometimes you find sparks of good and bad flying out.”

[Awakener 5, no. 2 (winter-spring 1958): 20]

[92]

“Time is the interval between your very first impression and your very last impression.”

[Awakener 18, no. 1 (1978): 68]

[93]

of 180

“I am Truth. No amount of voluminous praise will raise me higher, nor can any carpingcriticism pull me down. I am what I am and will ever be so. Whatever I do, I do for mywork, which encompasses and sees to the welfare of all.”

[Statement to Herbert Davy. Lord Meher 5:1821]

[94]

"You make the effort and I will give you the victory. It is a divine struggle with purposebehind it. Do not fight against it."

[Written to Delia DeLeon. Lord Meher 7:2402]

[95]

“Reflection is from the Real, but reflection is not real.”

[Written to Jal Kerawalla, 1937. Glow International, August 1995]

[96]

“It is the work of Sadgurus, it is the profession of Sadgurus, and it is the wish of Sadgurusto keep those of past connection near them by giving them false promises to make themhold to them.”


[97]

"Do not be after gatekeepers or watchmen. Catch hold of the Emperor. Never be after hisservants. No minister or secretary will help. A king is, after all, a king, and his servantsonly servants. Once you have approached the king directly, it is of no benefit to maintaina friendly attitude with his servants. Your friendship with the king might precipitate anysituation, but you should stick to him. Even if you were about to die, you should never letgo of his hand.

"The Emperor is perfect knowledge. One should forget everyone and everything in hiscompany. One should stop one's previous habits. One should not think of meditating orrepeating God's name, or any other type of worship. The most that could happen with anyof these practises is that you would enter samadhi. Such practises can never make you onewith God.

"Instead, one should submit oneself to the Emperor's will, having only this thought: 'OGod, when will you meet me?' This longing must be present twenty-four hours a day. Ifthe feeling is intense enough, God will surely

fulfill it.

of 180

"To help people is good, but service done under the guidance and according to theinstructions of a Perfect Master is the best. Service to half-baked gurus and false saintswill throw you into a gutter. You will be left hanging by those hypocrites. If you areunlucky enough to find a false guru, he will accept you and take you into his service.However, he will then give you up, and that will cool down your longing! Instead oflosing, you will accumulate sanskaras, and become disappointed and disgusted.

"These false saints cannot give you anything, while... Walis and Pirs of the fifth and sixthplane can raise you to a higher state with just one look. But that is not the Perfect state, asthese advanced souls are not Perfect. At times, even Perfect Masters cannot help thosecaught in these nets. Therefore, except for the Perfect Ones, do not even be beguiled bythe advanced souls of the fifth and sixth planes. Stick to the Emperor and don't leave himfor any reason.

"I am in everyone. But if you catch hold of me, you will have the root of all creation inyour hands. Then you will not need to go after the branches and leaves. If you are luckyenough to catch hold of the Emperor, you should never, never leave him.”

"Go on digging until you find water. Don't keep changing the spot. If you get impatient,by digging two feet here and four feet there, you will never strike water. If you only dig ashallow well, you will get impure water. Only patient, laborious digging will result inyour finding crystal-pure water. And for that, you have to exert energy and dig deep.

"This Path is not easy at all, and if you enter it, you will not find joy here. Therefore, Iwarn, think seven times before entering it. If you are after God, you will have to give upeverything - your father, your mother, the whole world. You have to renounce each andevery thing. Therefore, ponder well, and then take your step. If not, leave this Path andattend to your worldly duties.

"Once you fall for the Path, don't be afraid of anything in the world. 'Who will look aftermy parents? How about my job? What will the world think of me?' All these thoughts areuseless. If you had died, who would have looked after your near and dear ones? Thoseaffected will care for themselves. God takes care of everyone. He is the true sustainer.Once you have entered the Path, you should desist from such thoughts.

"Try to be a lover of God. If you find out how to love him, you may go mad. The reallover is never influenced by the world or what people think of him. He will not even carefor his life. He will remain what he is — totally indifferent to the world, unashamed ofanything.

"All rivers flow in me. I am the ocean. Stop looking elsewhere, and look only at theocean. By concentrating on me, you yourself will become the ocean. To look at the oceanmeans to carry out my wishes at all times."

[September 1929, told to Kaikhushru Pleader, Lord Meher 4:1215-1216]

of 180

[98]

“Mercy is one thing and compassion is something else. I do not show mercy in theordinary, worldly sense, but I do have compassion. For example, two people see a manshivering — freezing to death in the cold. One feels sorry for him, but walks past. Theother feels no pity, but realizes the man needs covering. So he takes off his coat and givesit to the man, thereby exposing himself to the cold. That is compassion.”

[Lord Meher 3:1086]

[99]

“This path is extremely difficult for the outside world, but it will become easy for you totread because I myself will work through you. For example, suppose you have to gothrough the Manzil via the road, but the road is full of holes and rough, and in someplaces very narrow. What if you were blindfolded — how would you proceed? I holdyour hand and tell you where to put your foot since I see each and every thing. My eyesare always open. Despite all this, if you do not hold my hand, how am I to guide you? Tohold my hand means to do as I say. Therefore, I am telling you daily to always listen tome and to think of me constantly with all your heart. Then see what untold benefit youderive.”

[Baba to ashram boys, 1928: Lord Meher 3:1111]

[100]

“Even in the highest state of intoxication, one’s head should be on the feet of the Master.This is the meaning of the Persian couplet:

Kiss even the chair of the Beloved;

then go on crying and wailing

that you are burning from separation.

Then ask, Oh kind Lord,

listen to our complaint and do something!

The couplet reveals that you must first surrender heart and soul to your Beloved and thencry from the pain of separation — not before. And surrender means giving up your mindand being only guided in life by the Guru’s word and direction with absolutely nothinking. Crying, weeping and wailing without surrender are no use.”

[Lord Meher 3:1122]

[101]

of 180

“Feelings and emotions are only the creation of mind and energy. Love is the creation ofthe soul.”

[Quoted in Elizabeth Patterson’s diary of 4/20/33]

[102]

"Suppose we all loved each other as deeply as we now love the one whom we love best.The most natural desire of love is to share what one has with the beloved. The desire toshare with everyone would produce a condition in which it would be a disgrace, ratherthan an honor, for anyone to possess more than anyone else."

[Lord Meher 5:1622]

[103]

"If a man is dissatisfied with his environment, it is usually because he does not know howto properly adjust himself to the environment. Instead of thinking, 'How can I get out ofthis?' and becoming discouraged and depressed, one should think, ' What is the lessonthat I should learn from this experience?'"

[Lord Meher 5:1622]

[104]

"Poverty, if cheerfully endured, and providing one does one's best to find work, developshumility and patience, and can greatly assist spiritual progress. It is a test of character. Iknow it is difficult to be cheerful when starving, but all worthwhile things are difficult."

[Lord Meher 5:1622]

[105]

"Even a great soul like Gandhi worries, because he wants results. One must sincerely tryto do his duties, but the results must always be left with God. Worrying about the resultsis no good and of no use. If a person wishes to do anything for others, he must do itsincerely. And having done it, he should not worry about results, for results are not inhuman hands. It is for humans to do, for God to ordain.

"To remain aloof from results is not difficult, but men do not try. Because it is humannature to think of the results of one's actions, however, it does not mean one shouldworry! Man must think, but he must not worry.

"Try to attribute all your acts to God and let results be His."

[Lord Meher 5:1866]

[106]

of 180

"Working for and serving others, and undergoing so much strain, is very good. It wipesout past karmas, and even the new sanskaras which are created are very faint. So it is oftremendous spiritual benefit to work, serve, and undergo hardships for others. Sitting idleand always eating ready-cooked, served meals without lifting a finger to help is very badspiritually. It creates very deep sanskaras which are difficult to wipe away."

[Lord Meher 5:1869]

[107]

"Cease the mental tension. Train your mind to pass over thoughts. Do not givecountenance to them until such time that you can surrender the mind itself. No one isdoing it. When the mind is surrendered, there is no question of happiness or unhappiness.Because of the thoughts of the past lives, sanskaras are spent away. They come and go.Pay no attention to them. Mind is like a wound-up alarm clock. It will ring at theappointed time, but only so long as the winding is there. Let it ring and run its course, buttake care not to wind it again by indulging in bad actions."

[Lord Meher 5:1843-44]

[108]

"...if you want to die, die in my naad [infatuation] by holding on to me firmly. There liessalvation. That is real dying. Worldly death is not the thing. However, nobody has so farcaptured me. If one really catches me, I try to free myself. On the contrary, it is I whohave been trying to catch hold of you people."

[Lord Meher 5:1844]

Wikiquote: http://en.wikiquote.org/Meher_Baba

I have only listed a few here. There are hundreds and thousands more. See LordMeher on line is many volumes containing a day by day discourse as recorded by hisDisciples

The easiest and shortest way to God-realization is through thecontact of a Sadguru, which means keeping the company or sahavasof such a Master, obeying him and serving him. This remedy is

like a special express train which carries you straight to yourdestination.

of 180

http://en.wikiquote.org/Meher_Baba

Message at Meherabad (31 May 1926)

The book that I shall make people read is the book of the heart,which holds the key to the

mystery of life.

Part of his public message upon arrival on his second visit toAmerica (19 May 1932).

Meher Baba - Wikiquote Page1 of 21

Life becomes meaningful and all activities are

purposeful only on the basis of faith in the enduring

reality. … The greatest romance possible in life is to

discover this Eternal Reality in the midst of infinite

change. Once, one has experienced this, one sees oneself

in everything that lives, one recognises all of life as his

life, everybody's interests as his own. One is no longer

bound by habits of the past, no longer swayed by the hopes

of the future — One lives in and enjoys each present

moment to the full. There is no greater romance in life

than this adventure in realization.

Message at Pickfair, Beverly Hills, California (1

June 1932), as quoted in Life Is A Jest (1974) edited

by A. K. Hajra

All illusion comes and goes, but the soul remains

unchanged. What is meant by God-realization is to

actually experience this important thing — that the soul is

eternal. Message at Nasik (December 1936)

It is never presumptuous for anyone to hope for realization.

It is the goal of creation and the birthright of humanity.

Blessed are they who are prepared to assert that right in thisvery life.

of 180

Message to Garrett Fort (1936)

The Avatar appears in different forms, under different

names, at different times, in different parts of the world. As

his appearance always coincides with the spiritual birth of man,

so the period immediately preceding his manifestation is always

one in which humanity suffers from the pangs of the approaching

birth.

Statement of 1938, as quoted in Meher Baba On War : And

Other Relevant Messages (1972); also Discourses (1987),p. 268

True knowledge is that knowledge which makes man after selfrealization or union with God assert that his real Self is in

everything and everybody.

Meher Baba Journal (June 1941), p. 480.

I am the last Avatar in this present cycle of twenty-four,

and therefore the greatest and most powerful. I have the

attributes of five. I am as pure as Zoroaster, as truthful as

Ram, as mischievous as Krishna, as gentle as Jesus, and as

fiery as Muhammad.

Statement to his women mandali, December 1942,

as quoted in Gift of God (1996) by Arnavaz

Dadachanji, p. 72.

I don't usually explain about Mehera to anyone. But I will

tell you this. Don't you think I love Mani? Well, Mehera

plays the same role to me that the Virgin Mary played to

Jesus. She is like my skin — she protects, she feels every

thought I feel. But I love everybody. Each one plays the

role they have to play, but in the spiritual arena there

are people who are even closer to me than that.

Statement to Delia DeLeon in 1948, as quoted in

How A Master Works (1975) by Ivy Oneita Duce, p.

457.

of 180

Who says God has created this world? We have created it

by our own imagination.

God is supreme, independent. When we say he has

created this illusion, we lower him and his infinity. He

is beyond all this.

Only when we find him in ourselves, and even in our

day to day life, do all doubts vanish.

Message (23 March 1953)

When a person tells others “Be good”, he conveys to his

hearers the feeling that he is good and they are not.

When he says “Be brave, honest and pure” , he conveys to

his hearers the feeling that the speaker himself is all that,

while they are cowards, dishonest and unclean.

To love God in the most practical way is to love our

fellow beings. If we feel for others in the same way as we

feel for our own dear ones, we love God.

If, instead of seeing faults in others we look within

ourselves we are loving God.

"How to Love God" (12 September 1954)

(http://www.avatarmeherbaba.org/erics/lovegod.html)

of 180

TRUE KNOWLEDGE?Questions sent in by readers are answered by disciples who have lived with

Meher Baba

Question: When we say a man has knowledge, can we possibly conclude he has the right kind ofknowledge? Do we understand what we know and can this "know" be applied in a practical wayto our spiritual growth?

Answer: The history of civilization is a continuing tale of the discarding today of what had beenconfidently accepted yesterday as knowledge. But fortunately, what appears true of knowledgerelated to the external world, apparently is not necessarily true of the inner world of man himself.There is compelling evidence that, as highly motivated individuals dig deep within the world ofinner experience, there is a progressive discarding and simplification which finally produces aone rock-stable result that is always identical. Equally throughout history, this final result ofdeepening inner knowledge has been termed God-realization or union with God. There is no wayto term this state anything other than right knowledge. All knowledge up to that point is relativeknowledge and liable to further modification, discard, deepened insight.

"Knowledge" is an ambiguous term in itself. Those who have apparently arrived at that one solid-rock state and have given us some description of it, all insist that it has nothing to do with mentalor reasoned processes. Nor is it a collection of external observations codified and harmonizedinto a body of consistent facts. Moreover, they warn us repeatedly against confusing the"knowledge" of reason and even of the senses, with the inner knowledge which for them is theonly knowledge.

Apparently we are all addicted through thousands and even hundreds of thousands of years ofhabit to identify knowledge with information recorded by the senses or produced by logic asextensions of data based on the senses. In fact, the great advance of technical civilization is basedon carefully worked out principles for the handling of such sensory data. If the spectacularadvances of science and industrial technology based on them have any validity, then why shouldthese principles not be the base also of the most meaningful form of correct human knowledge?To deny that this is so is to risk denial of the very value of modern civilization.

Yet this is close to what the witness to inner knowledge does. While often warning us not to tryto cut ourselves off from the external world and its forms of shifting knowledge, he usually givesus the impression that if it has value, it is more as a laboratory or a school which can be theneeded environment for uncovering the absolute and unchanging knowledge or experience of theinner man.

Let us put the matter even more clearly in the direct and simple words of Meher Baba. He saysthat Reality is infinite, eternal, indivisible God. All else is imagination, and even the veryimagination is included in the infinitude of God. All of creation and all of its Apparent forms ofknowledge are contained within the zero portion of God's infinitude and fulfil one end, which is

of 180

to develop the innate consciousness of God's Knowledge of His own Godhood. This is the rock-solid, unchanging knowledge to which each iota of creation comes. All human experiencerevolves around one central theme, and that is the identification of consciousness frommateriality.

Put in other words, all human experience leads inexorably and inevitably to the conclusion thatreality/truth/knowledge is not the external situation that we considered so important, nor ouremotional complications nor even our greatest creative ideas. All of these fade gradually as doeseven the most beautiful evening sunset, and in their place is established the consciousness of theOne, eternal, unchanging, all-encompassing as the only true Knowledge.

Meher Baba is very clear in telling us that such true Knowledge is achieved sooner or later byevery drop-soul in creation. The only question is one of relative speed and complexity inachieving this realization. The fortunate one is he who, through love and loyalty to one moreadvanced in this process than himself (or, grace of graces; to one who has totally achieved therealization) goes ahead rapidly and on a straight course.

GLOW International, May 1982, Answers, ed. Naosherwan Anzar1982 © Naosherwan Anzar

THE IDEA OF EQUALITY Meher Baba

As long as there is ego, there is an implicit background of duality, the mental operations ofcomparison and contrast cannot be effectively stilled forever. Therefore even when a personseems to feel a sense of equality with another, this feeling is not securely established. It marks apoint of transition between the two attitudes of the ego rather than permanent freedom from thedistinction between the "I" and the "you."

This pseudo-sense of equality, where it exists, may be stated in the formula, "I am not in any wayinferior or superior to the other." This will at once be seen to be a negative assertion of the ego.The balance between the "I" and the "you" is constantly disturbed by the predominance of asuperiority or inferiority complex. The idea of equality arises to restore this lost balance.

The negative assertion of the ego in the form of equality is, however, utterly different from thesense of unity which is characteristic of the life of spiritual freedom. Although the sense ofequality is made the basis of many social and political ideals, the real conditions of rich co-operative life are fulfilled only when the bare idea of equality is replaced by the realisation ofthe unity of all life.

The feelings of superiority and inferiority are reactions to each other, and the artificially inducedfeeling of equality might be regarded as a reaction to both. In all these three modes the ego

of 180

succeeds in asserting its separateness. The superiority complex and the inferiority complex for themost part remain disconnected from each other. They both seek separate and alternateexpression through suitable objects, as when a person dominates those whom he regards as hisinferiors and submits to those whom he looks upon as his superiors. But such alternativeexpression through contrasting behaviour only accentuates these opposite complexes instead ofleading to their dissolution.

The superiority complex is stirred when a person meets one who is in some way remarkablyinferior to him in mundane possessions. In spite of its many possessions the ego is constantlyconfronted with the spectacle of its intrinsic emptiness. Therefore it clings to the comfortingdelusion of its worthwhileness by demonstrating the greatness of its possessions. This contrast isnot confined to theoretical comparison, but often exhibits itself in an actual clash with others.Thus aggressiveness is a natural outcome of the need to compensate for the poverty of the ego-life.

DISCOURSES, 6th ed, Vol 2, pp. 76-771967 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

TURNING POINT IN ITS SPIRITUAL HISTORY

Meher Baba

Great suffering awakens great understanding. Supreme suffering fulfills its purpose and yields itstrue significance when it awakens exhausted humanity and stirs within it a genuine longing forreal understanding. Unprecedented suffering leads to unprecedented spiritual growth. Itcontributes to the construction of life on the unshakable foundation of the Truth.

It is now high time that universal suffering should hasten humanity to the turning point in itsspiritual history.

It is now high time that the very agonies of our times should become a medium for bringing areal understanding of human relationship.

It is now high time for humanity to face squarely the true causes of the catastrophe which hasovertaken it.

It is now high time to seek a new experience of Reality.

To know that life is real and eternal is to inherit unfading bliss. It is time that men had thisrealisation by being unified with their own selves.

Through unification with the higher self, man perceives the Infinite Self in all selves. Hebecomes free by outgrowing and discarding the limitations of the ego-life. The individual soulhas to realise with full consciousness its identity with the Universal Soul. Men shall reorient lifein the light of this ancient Truth, and they will readjust their attitude towards their neighbours in

of 180

everyday life.

To perceive the spiritual value of oneness is to promote real unity and cooperation. Brotherhoodthen becomes a spontaneous outcome of true perception. The new life which is based uponspiritual understanding is an affirmation of the Truth. It is not something which belongs toutopia, but is completely practical.

Now that humanity is thrown into the fire of bloody conflicts, through immense anguish it isexperiencing the utter instability and futility of the life which is based upon purely materialconceptions. The hour is near when men in their eager longing for real happiness will seek itstrue source.

DISCOURSES, 6th ed, Vol 3, pp. 20-211967 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

ESOTERIC FACTS GIVEN OUT BY BABA

Dr. Abdul Ghani, Munsif

The stage of enthusiasm through which the mandali was passing through at the time, can be to agreater extent said to be the direct outcome of a regular feast of spiritual explanations and mattersconnected with the esoteric side of the Path.

As far as I know and understand these things from such a distance of time, most of the spiritualtruths and occult secrets were given out by Baba during this period, and these very sameincomplete notes have been subsequently rearranged, enlarged and commented upon by variousmembers of the mandali in their later writings and works.

It is necessary to point out that some of the esoteric facts and occult truths recounted herein havebeen given out by Meher Baba to his disciples in Manzil-e-Meem piece-meal, stretching over along period of time and these stray bits as far as I can recollect them today are put together inorder to make the subject as informative as possible.

Esoteric Facts Given Out By Baba:

"There are always five Perfect Masters (Qutubs or Sadgurus) who are the leading lights of thesaintly hierarchy which governs the world. Every Qutub or Sadguru has an esoteric circle oftwelve disciples, whom it is his divinely incumbent duty to make as perfect as himself.

The disciples are one with the Master in point of Realization, but differ in duty and authority.Realization may be likened to the storehouse of Divine Treasure and authority is the ability tohelp others therefrom. Want of this authority to use the Divine powers born of Realization ismuch more tantalizingly painful than the longing and thirst for God-realization itself.

Indicative of this poignant situation is the statement of a Hindu saint who said that he would

of 180

suffer being born a dog a hundred times if it enabled him to redeem a single soul from thebondage of Maya."

TWENTY YEARS WITH MEHER BABA, p. 65-66, Dr. Abdul Ghani, Munsif1975 © Avatar Meher Baba Poona Center

Esoteric Facts Given Out By Baba, Part 2

THE AVATARIC PERIOD (DAUR-E-NABUWWAT)


"A Qutub or Sadguru at the fag-end of his mission in life always takes care to appoint hischargeman to whom he transfers all his spiritual heritage. That which is given by a Master to thechargeman is not power which is already in him but the authority to use it for the spiritualawakening of others.

The beginning or end of a cycle of time connotes the Avataric period (Daur-e-Nabuwwat), whenone from amongst the five Perfect ones, the Qutub-Aqtab or Prophet has 120 members to hisesoteric circle, i.e. 10 concentric circles consisting of 12 members in each and each outer circlebeing subservient or dependent in point of duty to the inner one.

Besides, the other members of the circle who perform duties much in the manner of differentvital organs and limbs of the body in order of their utility and importance, it always falls to thelot of the one from amongst this number to play the unenviable role of 'Judas'."

(to be continued)

TWENTY YEARS WITH MEHER BABA, p. 66-671975 © Avatar Meher Baba Poona Center

Esoteric Facts Given Out By Baba, Part 3

THE ELECT AND THE SELECT

of 180


"There are always two types of recipients of a Perfect Master's spiritual grace — the Elect and theSelect. The Elect or the chosen ones for reasons of a spiritual connection with the Master andtheir number is always fixed; while the Select ones are those who earn and induce the grace of aMaster by service and sacrifice and their number is unlimited.

To speak exoterically, because of my spirituality being derived from two Masters — one a Hinduand the other a Muslim i.e, Shri Upasani Maharaj and Hazarat Babajan, my circle of discipleswill be a cosmopolitan one consisting of Hindus, Muslims, Zoroastrians and Christians(Westerners).

All the members of the esoteric circle have always existed with me in my past incarnations andhave played their individual parts round about my personality. It is this service and sacrifice, oreven antagonism, rendered unto me in the past that determines the spiritual relationship orconnection with the Master.

In this Path, position, learning, wealth, or blood relationship does not count. Past connection withthe Master entitles the aspirant to claim spiritual heritage."

(to be continued)

TWENTY YEARS WITH MEHER BABA, p. 67-681975 © Avatar Meher Baba Poona Center

Esoteric Facts Given By Baba, Part 4 of 4

FROM THE VIEW-POINT OF DIVINE GNOSIS


"It was between 4 and 5 A.M. in the early morning that Babajan gave me Divine experience, andit was the same time when Maharaj brought me down to normal consciousness. The members ofmy circle too, shall get Realization between the same hours 4 to 5 A.M.

"From the view-point of Divine gnosis, the Muslims progress from Oneness (Wahadat) tomanyness (Kasrat) and the Hindus from Manyness to Oneness i.e., the Hindus and Muslimsrepresent the extreme and opposite points of a diameter of a circle with God as the centre.Zoroastrianism is midway between the two extremes and hence the choice at this juncture of aZoroastrian form in me as the vehicle of spirituality derived from Hindu and Muslim sources.

"The East represents that portion of the bubble on the ocean of Cosmic Consciousness which isdirectly in touch with the ocean and the West is that part of the bubble which is farthest awayfrom it. Hence East is the land of spirituality and West is the land of Materiality.

of 180

"Even in the East, India represents a unique position in the world of spirituality and as it happenstoday, all of the five Perfect Masters are functioning in India only."

TWENTY YEARS WITH MEHER BABA, p. 68-69Avatar Meher Baba Poona Center

BECOMING ESTABLISHED IN THE FIRST STAGE

Meher Baba

During the first stage of unfolding knowledge there is a far deeper conviction about spiritualrealities than is possible through the usual understanding of the worldly man. However, even thisconviction is not unshakeable. It bestows only a mild and wavering degree of divine knowledge.The pilgrim has now only started on his spiritual journey and must face many trials.

While becoming established in the first stage, many aspirants are unable to cope with the ordealsthey encounter as inner sight is opened. Whatever the pilgrim encounters here is for his good, andif he has a master's guidance he need not fear that he will be lost, although at the climax of thefirst phase (Tariqat), which is the fourth plane, the one real danger of risking a fall does occurthrough possible misuse of the extraordinary powers associated with this plane.

During this first phase the aspirant is disengaging himself from enmeshment in the materialrealm of action, and ascending to the realm of energy. This is accomplished through the gradualdissolving of the multitudinous desires which chain his consciousness to the material world.

Although the individual is now constantly dependent upon the finer realms of energy, mind anddivine consciousness, even while immersed in the realm of matter, still he cannot live freely inthese realms because of his continued enslavement to the gross world.

Moreover, he cannot receive in any appreciable measure the renewal which divine consciousnesswould pour into him, due to the resistance offered by the entanglements of the dense materialplane upon which he lives. Nevertheless it is these divine radiations, meagerly felt though theybe, which enable the matter-ridden mind to face suffering and make the effort to rise in the higherrealms of energy and mind.

LISTEN, HUMANITY, p. 166-167, ed by Don E. Stevens1982 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

THE CREATOR, THE PRESERVER AND THE DESTROYER

Meher Baba

God in His original infinite divine dream state eternally plays the three roles of the Creator, the

of 180

Preserver and the Destroyer simultaneously.

When God is in the process of preserving His own infinite Creation, He is already at the sametime in the future, and having preserved what He created, which has passed, the future isdefinitely established before Him even in His eternal present, which future will destroy what Hecreated in the past and what He preserved in the present.

Therefore God, being omniscient and eternally of the present, knows of the past which Heeternally preserves as the present; and also, at the same time, He constantly experiences inadvance, in His eternal present, all that which is of the future.

Similarly, God in the man state, as man, inadvertently witnesses all the time in his dream statethat which is also to be experienced in the future of his awake state. Man thus finds that hesometimes has prescience of things that come to pass after a lapse of time.

To sum up: In the very act of creation, the acts of preservation and destruction are also present;so, by creating illusion God, as it were, simultaneously preserves and destroys it.

In reality, therefore, nothing is created that remains to be preserved and destroyed, because thecreated Creation is of the Nothing, and this Nothing in reality means absolutely nothing in allrespects.

Though this Nothing is indeed nothing at all, yet when it is said that the Nothing is created byBrahma, preserved by Vishnu and destroyed by Mahesh or Shiva, it is spoken of only in terms ofthe infinite illusion, i.e., in terms of the infinite, divine dream state of God related to the illusoryuniverse — the brahmand*.

In the eternity of reality there is absolutely no such thing as creation, preservation or destruction,neither is there space, nor is there any scope for relativity, much less could there ever be thecorrelated factors of time, such as the past, present and future.

In the eternity of Reality, the one, infinite, eternal, all-pervading existence is.

*Note: Of the three aspects — Creator, Sustainer and Dissolver — Sustainer is the mostimportant because "The Present" which sustains the past and the future is most important.Therefore, Parvardigar (Vishnu) — The Sustainer — is the most important aspect of God.

GOD SPEAKS, 1st Indian ed, pp. 92-93 1973 © Sufism Reoriented, Inc.

SPIRITUAL INFINITY

Meher Baba

of 180

Spiritual infinity is not a result of imaginative additions of the false: it is the reality itself whichcomes to be perceived, when false imagination is at rest. The infinity of the Truth cannot sufferany increase through any additions; nor can it suffer any decrease through any subtractions: infact, nothing can be added to it and nothing can be taken away from it, because it is all inclusiveand leaves no room for the other, small or great. It is immeasurable, indivisible and integral.

The infinity of the Truth remains unaffected by any changes in the universe. All that happens inthe universe is phenomenal, and as such, amounts to zero from the point of view of the Truth. Anearthquake, for example, is regarded as an appalling and disastrous calamity by the worldly-minded, because of the immense destruction of life and property which it brings; but even acalamity like this cannot, in any way, touch the Infinite Truth, which is at the heart of Reality. Infact, the spiritual infinity of the Truth does not suffer any limitation even if the entire universe isdissolved; therefore, it is futile to measure it in terms of what is great according to the standardsof the world.

The illusion, which most aspirants find difficult to shake is the belief that the Infinite Truth is anobject which has to be attained in some distant future, and that all life is just a means for thisattainment. But if the Truth were to be confined only to the future and not to the past or thepresent, it would not be infinite; it would at once become limited as an event which has its originin time. All that life is and has, is at once deprived of intrinsic significance if it comes to beregarded as merely instrumental to some far-off event. This is definitely a false point of view.

Life is not meant to be rich in spiritual significance at some distant date, but is so at everymoment, if only the mind is disburdened by illusions. It is only through a clear and tranquilmind that the true nature of spiritual infinity is grasped and something which is not yet to be butwhich already has been, is and ever will be a eternal self-fulfilment. When every moment is richwith eternal significance, there is neither the lingering clinging to the dead past, nor a longingexpectation for the future, but an integral living in the Eternal Now. It is only through such livingthat the spiritual infinity of the Truth can be realised in life.

It is not right to deprive the present of all importance by subordinating it to an end in the future;for this means the imaginary accumulation of all importance in the imagined future rather thanthe perception and realisation of the true importance of everything that exists. There cannot beebb and tide in eternity, no meaningless intervals between intermittent harvests, but a fullness ofbeing which cannot suffer impoverishment of a single instant. When life seems to be idle orempty, it is not due to any curtailment of the infinity of the Truth; but it is due to one's own lackof capacity to enter into its full possession.

DISCOURSES, 5th ed, vol 5, pp. 13-151953 or 1954 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

of 180

THAT QUOTE OF MUHAMMAD'S I LIKETO SAY

Eruch Jessawala

Really speaking, you are both right. Your father is right when he says we simply have to loveHim and you are right when you say we have to obey Him. Obedience is very important. MeherBaba put great emphasis on it. But what will you obey? First and foremost, Baba left us with onestanding order — to love Him as He should be loved.

So your father is right. But who of us can obey that? So, failing to obey Him in that, there is asecond course open to us, and that is to obey Him in lesser things. And that's where the type ofobedience that you're talking about comes in.

It is the same with the breaking of His silence. Remember our discussion yesterday? Those whosay Baba's breaking of His silence will be a dramatic event like the bursting of a thousand atombombs are right, because Baba said that His voice speaking in our hearts is the breaking of Hissilence, so that must also be right. Baba has said both, so they must both be right. I tell youbrother, over and over again I tell you, whatever it is, it is true, it is part of the truth, but it is notthe whole truth.

And that's the way this world is, everything you see or experience is part of illusion. Now,illusion means what? Illusion means it's in the realm of duality. So no matter what you say, theopposite will also be there. If you have hot, you also have to have cold. It cannot be helped, thereis no way out of it, because that's the nature of duality, of illusion. But the truth, the whole truth,is beyond duality. And that is why Baba stressed love. Because love is the experience of unity inthe midst of duality. Do you know that quote of Muhammad's I like to say, are you familiar withit? "Harmony is the imprint of oneness upon multiplicity." Baba once said we should strive forunion or real harmony, which is union in diversity.

As long as we try to understand things with our minds, we are dealing in the realm of duality. Butwhen the heart experiences love, we get a taste of the unity of life. Perhaps that is why Baba saidunderstanding has no meaning and love does have meaning.

THAT'S HOW IT WAS, pp. 51-521995 © Eruch Jessawala

TRUTH UNFOLDS ITSELF TO THOSE WHO SEEKFEARLESSLY

K. K. Ramakrishnan

of 180

Love is where fear is not. Of all kinds of fears that lurk in the mind-heart of man, death is thedeep rooted. Fear of death may probably be the motive force for early inquiries into the mysteryof creation which gave birth to the primitive religious ideas of hell and heaven as worlds wheremen go after death.

Truth unfolds itself to those who seek fearlessly, not to those who conform out of fear. The habitof accepting without question, without intelligent inquiry what has been passed on to us bytradition made man dull and stupid and hence he is unable to appreciate and accept the beauty oflife unfolded for him by masters who have access to all spheres and planes and planets inexistence.

Unquestionable acceptance of what has been told or recorded in books made us incapable of anymeaningful inquiry resulting in superstition enslaving the spirit of man in the name of spiritualityand exploitation of his material well being in the name of religion or politics.

Direct, undimmed knowledge of the truth of the whole life of man is available to the PerfectMasters and the Avatar who control the creation and guide the affairs of the world of men andcreatures.

Although direct knowledge of truth requires considerable spiritual perception, nevertheless evencorrect intellectual understanding of the relationships of one's life to other forms and spheres ofexistence plays an important part in restoring mankind to a healthy outlook.

The Avatar unfolds the avenues of understanding to give man an intellectual insight, intuitivevision of the truth and helps those that are prepared to experience the truth.

THE ADVANCING STREAM OF LIFE, p. xxi1974 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

6191 DANGERS OF THE FOURTH PLANE

The fourth plane is called the threshold of the Abode of God. If a pilgrim on the fourth plane triesto harass a pilgrim on the fifth plane with his powers, then the wali on the fifth plane seeks thehelp of the Avatar, but not of a Qutub. Thus the wali is protected directly by the Avatar from thepranks of the fourth-plane pilgrim, whose powers are curbed. Very rarely, one of the fourth planeacts arrogantly before a Qutub. If there is any mischief at all or arrogance displayed, the Qutubsternly deals with such a person, who eventually surrenders to the Qutub. The Qutub then raiseshim to the fifth plane of consciousness at once.

In the fana-fillah state, there are fifty-six souls living on Earth. The state of baqa means "to beestablished" in God and being able to use infinite power, knowledge and bliss. A Qutub is theone who leads the life of God and uses infinite power, infinite knowledge and infinite bliss.Some Sufis believe that fana-fillah is the highest state. Other Sufis believe that a Qutub's state isthe highest, while still others believe that the state of the Rasool is the highest.

of 180

The next day, June 6th, referring to his five Perfect Masters, Baba explained:

Tajuddin Baba, Sai Baba and Hazrat Babajan had both jalali [hot-tempered, fiery] and jamali[gentle, amiable] traits. Upasni Maharaj had only jalali traits, and Narayan Maharaj only jamali.These five Perfect Masters precipitated the advent of the Avatar of this Age.

Of the present five Perfect Masters living on Earth, three are Hindus and two Muslims. [Baba didnot reveal their names.] They are all men. My next advent will be after seven hundred years whenall five Perfect Masters will be men.

If a man on the fourth plane misuses his powers and if the Qutub is a jamali, he does not bringdown the fourth-plane man to stone consciousness, but brings him down only to grossconsciousness of an ordinary being. But if the Qutub is of a jalali type, then he will bring abouthis fall directly back to the stone consciousness!

The Avatar never contacts a man on the fourth plane, for, in that case, the person wouldautomatically lose all his powers. But if the man on the fourth plane approaches a Qutub, he isaccepted by him and raised by the Qutub to the fifth plane of consciousness.

Baba continued his discoursing the next day, June 7th:

Copyright © Bhau Kalchuri, Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Trust.For personal use only.No reproduction allowed without written permission of copyright holders.

4283 DECLARATION OF AVATARHOOD

At about 1 A.M., Baba remarked to Keshav Nigam, "You have no idea what gift you are about toreceive at this moment."

Then, addressing all those present, Baba continued, "I feel in an extremely good mood now, andalthough I still do not find it proper to tell about my next advent after seven hundred years, as Ipromised to Kumar, this much I can say today, that one time I will tell about it clearly. But thismuch I can say in my present good mood, that soon God will make me break my silence, whichwill mean God manifesting Himself. And, within a short period, humiliation and glorificationwill come, followed by my violent physical death. I will come back again after seven hundredyears; this much I can say now."

Baba's announcement brought tears to the eyes of some, and, raising his hand after running hisfinger on the alphabet board, Baba spelled out through Eruch, "Avatar Meher Baba Ki Jai!" Alltook up the declaration, repeating it several times.

This was the first time Baba himself had spelled on the board "Avatar Meher Baba Ki Jai."

The tears and cries of our age had been heard!

Meher Baba, Meher Prabhu, the Lord God,

of 180

had revealed himself and declared himself Avatar!

The same Ram! The return of Ram!

Honoring the auspicious occasion, Meherjee pointed out that according to the Parsi calendar,Baba's sixtieth birthday fell on this day, Wednesday, February 10th, 1954. Everyone sang thebirthday song to him. Keshav recited his songs "Meher Chalisa," and Baba embraced each onelovingly. Several of the Hamirpur men began dancing with joy. At 4:30 A.M., Waman Raostarted the refrain, referring to Baba as Yogi, meaning Shiva:

"Yogi, mut jao, mut jao yogi!"

Shiva, don't go, don't go, Shiva!

But preparations for departure had already begun and the luggage was being packed. Baba hadestablished himself deeply in the hearts of his Hamirpur lovers, and so his work was done and hewould never really leave. At 5 A.M. (the hour of Baba's birth), the program came to an end.Vishnu of Dhagwan performed the closing arti and prayers. Dhake then sang the Gujarati arti,joined by the others.

Copyright © Bhau Kalchuri, Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Trust.For personal use only.No reproduction allowed without written permission of copyright holders.

THE WORK OF THE AVATAR — Part 1

7 LEVELS OF PRIORITY

Bhau Kalchuri

The universal work of the Avatar has several levels of priority. Number one is to prepare hiscircle of 122 people for Realization, and then to give the Realization of God to these 122 people,and also to his very closest lovers. Number two is to give Liberation (Mukti) to many people, andfree them forever from the rounds of births and deaths.

Number three is to give a push to those in the inner subtle and mental planes, and they are of afixed number. Number four is to take many people to the path of Truth, who thereby enter theplanes. Number five is to awaken the whole of humanity toward the Truth of God's Existence.Number six is to give a universal push to all states of evolution in their progress toward higherevolutionary consciousness. Number seven is to allow new souls to enter the creation.

In order to achieve all of this work, the Avatar has to remove binding impressions (sanskaras)from each individual, and therefore, he takes upon himself those divine free impressions(yogayoga sanskaras) which remove the bindings from others.

of 180

AVATAR OF THE AGE MEHER BABA MANIFESTING, p. 141985 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

THE WORK OF THE AVATAR — Part 2

YOGAYOGA SANSKARAS

Bhau Kalchuri

Good sanskaras are like jewels, and bad sanskaras are like iron chains, but both are still burdensaround one's neck....

Now, the Avatar wishes to free both types of men from the bindings of good and badrespectively; and therefore he uses his divine free impressions or yogayoga sanskaras to nullifythe binding sanskaric results in each man. This releasing of the sanskaric grip is motivated out ofthe Avatar's mercy, kindness and love. When he uses his yogayoga sanskaras to remove thosebinding sanskaras, he has to exert himself and make an effort to help by using his divine freeimpressions, and when he makes this effort it is called his work.

For this purpose, the Avatar takes upon himself the sanskaras of his universal work, and theseyogayoga sanskaras are pure and free divine impressions that annihilate the binding sanskaricimpressions in the universe. The yogayoga sanskaras are of Truth, Knowledge, Mercy and Love,and they remove the binding forces of falsehood, illusions, cruelty and hatred — in short, all thebindings of good and bad impressions.

Generally, according to the law of karma, the binding of bad karma is nullified by the bindingforces of good karma, and vice versa. However, the Avatar's yogayoga sanskaras are such thatthey completely wipe out the bindings of both good and bad sanskaras. This act of wiping outboth the good and the bad in the individual, by the Avatar, is called his grace....

When we love the Avatar, we automatically absorb the yogayoga sanskaras, and when heperforms that duty toward the universe, he has to work to use those divine free impressions.When we are working, we work because our binding sanskaras force us to work, and because weare forced to work by the motivation of our bindings, we create more bindings, so we are neverfree.

The Avatar's duty is to make others free from their bindings and therefore, when he works heuses his yogayoga sanskaras to make others free from bindings, and to make provisions for eachof them to be forever free. These yogayoga sanskaras, which are divine and free impressionsfrom INFINITE CONSCIOUSNESS, are nothing but the rays of the sun of his divine love!

The yogayoga sanskaras of the work of the Avatar exist to create love in the universe, to awakenhumanity, to give a push in consciousness to everything, to give advanced consciousness of theplanes, and to bestow God Realization. This is achieved, however, only after he has wiped out

of 180

the binding sanskaras in each of us. When we love the Avatar, we receive those yogayogasanskaras as his prasad.

AVATAR OF THE AGE MEHER BABA MANIFESTING, p. 14-151985 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

REFUSAL TO ACCEPT THIS HELP IS A MALADJUSTMENT

Meher Baba

The infinite unconsciousness finds its expression through an evolution, which seeks to developfull consciousness through time processes. In the human form, the full consciousness strives tohave self-consciousness and self-realization.

The first man to realize God as one indivisible and eternal Truth was taken up into thisrealization by the eternal Avataric infinite consciousness.

The Avatar is the first master of the first God-realized soul. But in God-realization the fullconsciousness of the first master became fused with the eternally infinite consciousness of theAvatar. Therefore, with the "coming down" of the first God-realized man, the Avatar himselfdescended and took an incarnation in his body. So, from the point of view of incarnation, theAvatar is the same as the first master. This first master had no master in the human form. But allsubsequent masters have had masters in the human form to help them in Truth-realization.

The first master could realize God without a master in the human form, whereas the subsequentmasters always and invariably need some master for God-realization.

The reason is simple. God-realization implies inner poise as well as adequate adjustment with theuniverse (which is the shadow of God) along with everything that it contains. The first master(who is also the first incarnation of the Avatar) attained both these things, because it is the verygoal of the initial urge seeking fulfilment. He did not have a master in the human form.

With regard to those souls who attain God-realization subsequently, the two requirements stand,viz. inner poise and adequate adjustment with everything in the universe. But there is one greatdifference. For example, for the soul who is second in attaining God-realization, one of theimportant factors in his spiritual environment is the existence of a human God-realized soul.Hence, while adjusting himself with everything in the universe, this second candidate for God-realization is confronted with the problem of adjusting himself to the first master or God-realizedsoul, who as we have seen, is indistinguishable from the eternal Avatar.

In this case the only adequate adjustment possible is unreserved acceptance of the bountiful helpwhich comes from the first master. Refusal to accept this help is maladjustment to a tremendousfactor in the universe; and this prevents God-realization.

This is why the first God-realized person did not need an incarnate master, while all subsequent

of 180

masters inescapably need some master or masters in order to realize God. They cannot do so bytheir own independent effort.

THE ADVANCING STREAM OF LIFE, pp. 1-2, ed K. K. Ramakrishnan1974 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

YOGAYOGA SANSKARAS

Meher Baba

If the God-realised soul returns to normal consciousness of the world of duality, it gets auniversal mind. In the universal mind with which it is endowed, it also gets superfluous andunbinding sanskaras which are known as Yogayoga Sanskaras. In the Beyond state the Master iseternally free from all sanskaras, and even when he is conscious of creation and is working increation, he remains unbound by the Yogayoga Sanskaras, which sit loosely upon his universalmind. The Yogayoga Sanskaras merely serve as channels for his universal work. They do notform a restricting chain to his consciousness.

The Yogayoga Sanskaras are automatic in their working. All the specific contacts and links towhich the Man-God responds in his working are ultimately based upon these YogayogaSanskaras. These Yogayoga Sanskaras do not create a veil on the universal mind; they do notconstitute a cloud of ignorance; they only serve as a necessary framework for the release ofdefinitive action.

Through these Yogayoga Sanskaras the universal will of God is particularised in its expressions.Any action released in the world of space and time must be in relation to a certain definitesituation or set of circumstances. There must always be some reason why a response is given toone situation rather than another and why it is given in one way rather than another. The basis forthe self-limitation of the actions of a soul which is in spiritual bondage, is in its PrarabdhaSanskaras, which are binding. The basis for the self-limitation of the actions of a soul which isspiritually free, is in its Yogayoga Sanskaras, which are not binding.

If the Man-God were not to get these Yogayoga Sanskaras while coming down to normalconsciousness, he would not be able to do any work of a definite nature. The YogayogaSanskaras help the Man-God to particularise and materialise the Divine Will through him, andto fulfill his mission.

The Master is and knows himself to be infinite in existence, consciousness, knowledge, bliss,love and power and always remains infinite in the Beyond state. But the work he does in theworld of creation is subject to the laws of creation and is therefore in one sense finite. Since hiswork is in relation to the unveiling of the hidden Infinity and Divinity in everyone, and since therealisation of this Infinity and Divinity is the only purpose of the entire creation, his work is

of 180

infinitely important; but when it is measured by the standard of results, it has to be, like any workpossible in the world, so much and no more.

But even when the work of the Man-God is measured by the magnitude of results, the resultsachieved by the worldly minded are mostly trivial in comparison. The greatest souls who are inspiritual bondage cannot even approach the achievements of the Man-God. The Man-God hasbehind his work the infinite power of God, while the worldly man is working with the limitedpower available to him through his ego-mind. But sometimes even a Man-God achieves somelimited task and then winds up his incarnation. This is not because he is limited in his power, butbecause the work which is determined by his Yogayoga Sanskaras, is so much and no more. He isin no way attached to work as such. Having finished the work given to him by his YogayogaSanskaras, he is ready to be re-absorbed in the impersonal aspect of the Infinite. He does not tarryin the world of unreality and duality a minute longer than is necessitated by his YogayogaSanskaras.

DISCOURSES, 6th Edition, Vol. 3, pp. 45-471967 © Avatar Meher Baba Perpetual Public Charitable Trust

Path of the Evolution of Duality (motion) from the OM Point graphically expressed:

Light IS and its shadow darkness is

Knowledge and its shadow imagination (ignorance)

Everything and its shadow Nothing (Illusion, Space)

The Infinite (God) and its shadow most finite

PARAMATMA (Oversoul) and its shadow universe

ALL Contained Within:

Ocean of Infinite Intelligence - Governed by Parvardigar

Expressed as: Ten States of God (Reality) and symbolically as OBJECT assingularity (infinitesimal) Universe

See Infinite Intelligence and God Speaks by Meher Baba

Universe: everything is separate and/or opposite but the same; ad infinitum squared

Triple Tetrahedral Triangle-Mirrored unlimited finite image of Tetragrammaton of Light from NAD/OM

Infinite Unqualified Absolute-

Vacuum

Gravity in Union

Universal Absolute -

tetrahedron as nine intersectingplains

Infinite

Qualified Absolute-

Vibration

of 180

Dark Matter Universe

Most Finite - infinitely contracting

time/space

active as mirrored image of matter as antimatter

Most finite Potential -

Big Crunch

Implosion

Ellipsoidal Cubical Sphere - Unified tetrahedrons create time/space, space/time

Infinite Power - Father

Light

Infinite Knowledge - Son

tetrahedrons as six

intersecting plains

Infinite Bliss (entangled)

Extant everywhere as Infinite

Spirit

Most finite Kinetic -

Big Bang Explosion

space/time - releases antimatterpotential

Matter Universe - Most finite -infinitely expanding

Double Spiral Void - Parvardigar the Sustainer and Preserver of All in 10 dimensions

Latent Infinite Unconscious

source of finite darkness

ignorance and imagination

Infinite pre-personal Mystic

tetrahedrons in nine

planes Unified in 10

Latent Infinite Conscious

LIGHT - IS State as nothing and

Reality

Universal Intelligence and MIND extant in Nature as Supreme Being and Man - now in nine intersectingplains as three vibrating/spinning tetrahedrons unified in finite ten dimensional time/space, space/time

and infinitely expanding NAD/OM particle wave

in seven stages of hydrogen and seven plains of consciousness in Three Worlds

finite expanding Supreme God in Nature evolving

finite expanding Ultimate God in Nature evolving

infinite expanding Absolute God in Nature evolving

Infinite Dream State

Involving

in multiverse

C Paramatma (Oversoul)

Infinite source/center for all atmasand/or universes

Coalescence with infinite

number of infinite atmas

involving to infinity squared

Infinite Dream State

Involving

in multiverse

C Paramatma (Oversoul)

Infinite source/center for all atmasand/or universes

Coalescence with infinite

number of infinite atmas

involving to infinity squared

A Beyond the Beyond God

Love within >>>>

Unaware of Infinity

Infinite Intelligence

>>>>through<<<<

B Beyond God

Love within <<<<

Aware of Infinity

of 180

Infinity Squared to????

of 180

the book of life and lifes purpose

Documents